MT5000/4000系列与控制器连接说明 HMI And PLC Connecting Guide
User Manual:
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 427
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
To be the partner of your success CONTENTS MT5000/4000 SERIES HMI AND PLC CONNECTING GUIDE ....................................................... - 1 1 SERIAL COMMUNICATION PIN DEFINITION ............................................................................................- 1 2 PRINTER CONNECTING CABLE DIAGRAM .............................................................................................- 3 2.1 Serial Interface Printer Cable ....................................................................................................... - 3 2.2 Recommend Optional printer ....................................................................................................... - 5 3 DOWNLOAD CABLE DIAGRAM ..............................................................................................................- 6 3.1 Download by Serial Port .............................................................................................................. - 6 3.2 Download by USB ....................................................................................................................... - 6 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet................................................................................................... - 6 4 COMMUNICATION SETTINGS AND GUIDE OF HMI CONNECTING WITH CONTROLLER ............................- 8 4.1 ABB Corporation.......................................................................................................................... - 8 4.2 Allen-Bradley ............................................................................................................................. - 12 4.3 ACS-Tech80 Motion Controller ................................................................................................. - 24 4.4 ADAM........................................................................................................................................ - 26 4.5 AysjNet ....................................................................................................................................... - 28 4.6 BACnet....................................................................................................................................... - 29 4.7 Baldor NextMove ES (Motion Controller)................................................................................. - 36 4.8 Barcode ...................................................................................................................................... - 38 4.9 Baumuller ................................................................................................................................... - 39 4.10 Bosch Rexroth KVFC+ (Inverter)............................................................................................ - 40 4.11 Bosch Rexroth .......................................................................................................................... - 42 4.12 Bosch Rexroth Ethernet............................................................................................................ - 50 4.13 CANOpen Node Slave ............................................................................................................. - 56 4.14 Cimon ....................................................................................................................................... - 62 4.15 Danfoss Inverter ....................................................................................................................... - 64 4.16 Delta Corporation..................................................................................................................... - 70 4.17 Delta (Temperature Controller) ................................................................................................ - 76 4.18 ENDA....................................................................................................................................... - 83 4.19 Emerson NetWork Power ......................................................................................................... - 84 4.20 Epower ..................................................................................................................................... - 89 4.21 Fatek Corporation..................................................................................................................... - 91 4.22 Fuji SPB ................................................................................................................................... - 96 4.23 GE Fanuc Automation Inc........................................................................................................ - 98 4.24 HAIWELL.............................................................................................................................. - 108 4.25 HanG ...................................................................................................................................... - 109 4.26 Hitachi Inverter .......................................................................................................................- 111 4.27 Hitachi IES Co., Ltd ............................................................................................................... - 112 4.28 Hollysys Corporation ............................................................................................................. - 120 4.29 HuaDA HD-JZ06.................................................................................................................... - 122 4.30 IDEC Corporation .................................................................................................................. - 124 4.31 Inovance Electric Corporation................................................................................................ - 126 - To be the partner of your success 4.32 Invt ......................................................................................................................................... - 134 4.33 KDN Corporation ................................................................................................................... - 137 4.34 Kinco Corporation.................................................................................................................. - 139 4.35 Kinco Inverter ........................................................................................................................ - 141 4.36 Kinco EB-MOD2P-01(Kinco Bus Bridge) ............................................................................ - 144 4.37 Kinco Servo Series ................................................................................................................. - 150 4.38 Kinco Master & Kinco Slave(Master/Slave Protocol Connection)........................................ - 153 4.39 Keyence Corporation.............................................................................................................. - 154 4.40 Koyo Corporation................................................................................................................... - 160 4.41 KTC Srdlink ........................................................................................................................... - 164 4.42 KYL Slave.............................................................................................................................. - 166 4.43 LENZE Inverter...................................................................................................................... - 168 4.44 LS Industrial Systems（LG） ............................................................................................... - 170 4.45 LUST...................................................................................................................................... - 198 4.46 Memory map .......................................................................................................................... - 204 4.47 MEGMEET ............................................................................................................................ - 205 4.48 Mikom .................................................................................................................................... - 209 4.49 Millenium3 ............................................................................................................................. - 211 4.50 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation ............................................................................................. - 213 4.51 MKS controller....................................................................................................................... - 247 4.52 Modbus................................................................................................................................... - 249 4.53 MODROL............................................................................................................................... - 255 4.54 OE MAX ................................................................................................................................ - 257 4.55 Omron Corporation ................................................................................................................ - 258 4.56 OMRON E5EZ-R3(Temperature Controller)......................................................................... - 276 4.57 OPTO 22 ................................................................................................................................ - 278 4.58 Panasonic Electric Corporation .............................................................................................. - 281 4.59 Parker Automation（Servo Controller） ............................................................................... - 290 4.60 PMAC Motion Controller ...................................................................................................... - 297 4.61 Power-one AURORA Wind Inverter ...................................................................................... - 299 4.62 Profibus DP Slave .................................................................................................................. - 301 4.63 RF-IC (Card Reader) .............................................................................................................. - 305 4.64 RKC Instrument INC. ............................................................................................................ - 306 4.65 Saia-Burgess........................................................................................................................... - 309 4.66 Sailsors D9 (Temperature Controller) .................................................................................... - 311 4.67 Schneider Electric, Ltd. .......................................................................................................... - 312 4.68 SHIMADEN........................................................................................................................... - 321 4.69 SIEMENS............................................................................................................................... - 327 4.70 SIKO AG05 SIKONETZ5...................................................................................................... - 358 4.71 Sinocon Sc1n.......................................................................................................................... - 359 4.72 TAIAN.................................................................................................................................... - 361 4.73 TMCM.................................................................................................................................... - 363 4.74 Toledo DLoadCell .................................................................................................................. - 368 4.75 Toshiba ................................................................................................................................... - 369 - To be the partner of your success 4.76 Trio motion controller ............................................................................................................ - 373 4.77 Unitronics ............................................................................................................................... - 378 4.78 Universal ASCII Slave ........................................................................................................... - 382 4.79 Vigor Corporation................................................................................................................... - 383 4.80 XINJE Controller ................................................................................................................... - 386 4.81 XiLin Inverter......................................................................................................................... - 391 4.82 Yamatake Corporation ............................................................................................................ - 392 4.83 Yaskawa Electric Corporation ................................................................................................ - 397 4.84 Yokogawa Electric Corporation ............................................................................................. - 408 4.85 YuDian AI............................................................................................................................... - 414 4.86 ZiGuang Ethernet ................................................................................................................... - 419 4.87 ZHIMEI CB920X................................................................................................................... - 422 - 1 Serial Communication Pin definition MT5000/4000 Series HMI and PLC connecting guide 1 Serial Communication Pin definition Serial port COM0 COM0 is a 9-pin D-Sub male port, this port supports RS-232C/RS-485/RS-422A communication, the pin definition as follows： Pin Function Signal RS-232C RS-485 RS-422A 1 RX-(B) -- RS485B Receive data 2 RXD Receive data -- -- 3 TXD Transmit data -- -- 4 TX- -- -- Transmit data 5 SG 6 RX+(A) -- RS485A Receive data 7 NC -- -- -- 8 NC -- -- -- 9 TX+ -- -- Transmit data Signal ground Serial port COM1 COM1 is a 9-pin D-Sub female port, this port supports RS-232C/RS-485/RS-422A communication, and the pin definition as follows: 5 1 9 6 Pin Function Signal RS-232C RS-485 RS-422A 1 RX-(B) -- RS485B Receive data 2 RXD Receive data -- -- 3 TXD Transmit data -- -- 4 TX- -- -- Transmit data 5 SG 6 RX+(A) -- RS485A Receive data 7 NC Clear transmit -- -- NC Request transmit -- -- TX+ -- -- Transmit data 8 9 Signal ground Serial port COM2 The COM2 and COM0 use the same physical port, the 9-pin D-Sub male port. This COM port supports the RS232 communication only. The pin definition as follows: Function Pin Signal 1 NC -- 2 NC -- 3 NC --1- RS-232C 1 Serial Communication Pin definition 4 NC -- 5 SG Signal ground 6 NC -- 7 RXD Receive data 8 TXD Transmit data 9 NC -- The COM2 can be used to download and upload HMI program, and connect to PLC via RS232 as well.COM2. -2- 2 Printer connectiong cable diagram 2 Printer Connecting Cable Diagram 2.1 Serial Interface Printer Cable 2.1.1 Brightek thermal printer Users choose the protocol of thermal printer according to the dot-matrix of printer. 16 dots: WH-A62R10 protocol 24 dots: WH-A93RG0-00E825 protocol 2.1.2 Serial Interface Printer Cable of Brightek printer Printer Type Note WH4008A31-053: pulling up W1 short circuit block by RS232 level WH-A62R10、WH-E461RB01：Support printing of 190 dots width. Serial port printing mode via RS232 level, short circuit as follows: WH-A52Z20-30E125：Support printing of 240 dots width. Serial port printing mode via RS232 level, short circuit as follows: WH-A93RG0-00E825、WH-E393R101：support printing of 384 dots width Serial port printing mode via RS232 level, short circuit as follows: -3- 2 Printer connectiong cable diagram WH-E173R90-00E11720GA：support printing of 192 dots width. WH-E191RB0-00E1182055：support printing of 576 dots width (24). Serial port printing mode via RS232 level WH-C13RA9-00E82B：support printing of 384 dots width, and with automatic cutting function Serial port printing mode via RS232 level, short circuit as follows: WH-M073R101 Baud：115200 Use the built-in communication line 2.1.3 Siupo Printer cable a. SP-E40004SK serial printer supports 240 dots width. 2.1.4 MY POS Printer cable a. MY-POS80K serial printer which supports 240 dots width. 25 pin. 2.1.5 SPRT Printer cable -4- 2 Printer connectiong cable diagram 打印机型号 备注 SP-RMDIIIDSH: support printing of 384 dots width 232 level 2.2 Recommend Optional printer Printer Driver Printer model Interface Print Structure Print format WH-A52Z20-30E125 serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line WH-A52Z20-40E125 serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line WH-E202Z20-50E0022T55 serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line WH-A62R10-41E725 Serial thermal 192 dots/line WH-A93RG0-00E725 Serial thermal 192 dots/line WH-E173R90-00E11720GA Serial thermal 192 dots/line WH-A93RG0-00E825 Serial thermal 384 dots/line WH-T2AR10-30E82B Serial Thermal POS 384 dots/line WH-E191RB0-00E1182055 WH-E191RB0-00E1182055 Serial thermal 576 dots/line WH-E393R101 WH-E393R101-00A00B2TBA Serial thermal WH-E461RB01 WH-E461RB01-00A00B2UBA Serial thermal WH-M073R101 WH-M073R101-00E00C20BA USB slave thermal Siupo SP-M, D, E, F SP-E4004SK Serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line SP-RMDIIIDSH SP-RMDIIIDSH_S13AS Serial thermal 384 dots/line MY-POS80K MY-POS80K Serial thermal POS 240 dots/line HP LaserJet P1108 HP LaserJet P1108 USB slave Laser A4 Pictbridge CANON PIXMA iP4980 USB slave Ink-jet A4 EPSON ColorioPX-G5300 USB slave Ink-jet A4 HP 8500A/8500A Plus USB slave Ink-jet A4 WH4008A31-053 WH-A62R10 WH-A93RG0-00E825 CANON IP100 -5- 3 Download cable diagram 3 Download Cable Diagram 3.1 Download by Serial Port The COM2 port on the back of the case can be used to connect PLC RS-232 devices and can also be used to connect with the programming interface and setting interface of a PC. 3.2 Download by USB 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use Cross-over cable or cross-ruling. A. cross-ruling cable diagram: HMI Ethernet terminal Controller terminal RJ45 RJ45 1 TX+ (orange,white) 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3- （orange) (green,white) (blue) (blue,white) (green) (brown,white) (brown) 3 RX+ （green,white） 6 RX- （green） 1 TX+（orange,white） 4 BD4+（blue） 5 BD4- （blue,white） 2 TX- （orange） 7 BD3+ (brown,white) 8 BD3- （brown） B. cross-over cable diagram: -6- 3 Download cable diagram HMI Ethernet terminal RJ45 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3- (orange,white) ( orange) (green,white) (bule) (bule,white) (green) (brown,white) (brown) Ethernet Hub or Switch RJ45 1 RX+（orange,white） 2 RX- （orange） 3 TX+ （green,white） 4 BD4+ （bule） 5 BD4- （bule,white） 6 TX（green） 7 BD3（brown,white） 8 BD3- （brown） -7- 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4 Communication Settings and guide of HMI connecting with Controller Note：Do not hot plug！ 4.1 ABB Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module ABB AC31 O7KR51-V3.6 ABB AC500 PM571 PM581 PM591 Driver RS232 on the CPU unit RS485 RS232 on the CPU unit ABB AC31 Modbus RTU ABB AC500 ◎Network Communication Series CPU ABB AC500 Link Module PM583 CPU Direct Driver ABB AC500 Modbus TCP Slave ◎System configuration Series CPU ABB AC31 O7KR51-V3.6 ABB AC500 PM571 PM581 PM591 Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the port 1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the port 2 RS232 Setting Your owner cable ◎Network Communication Settings Series ABBCPU CPU PM583 Link Module CPU Direct Connect Type Parameter Ethernet Setting ◎Serial Communication Settings HMI Setting ABB AC31 Modbus RTU protocol： Default communication parameters 9600, 8, none, 1; station No. : 1 RS232 -8- Cable Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485-2 ABB AC500 protocol： Default communication parameters 9600, 8, none, 1; station No. : 1 RS232 -9- 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Settings Related parameters settings refer to the communication equipment specifications。 Network Communication parameters Settings HMI Settings PLC 设置 IP setting can use control builder plus orpanel setting，specific reference to ABB help。 ◎Supported Device ABB AC31 Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input bit I00.00-624.15 ------ DD.DD Output bit O00.00-624.15 ------ DD.DD M(0.0--99.15)U(233.00-255.15) ------ DDD.DD S000.00-624.15 ------ DDD.DD Input Register ------ IW00.00-624.15 DD.DD Output Register ------ OW00.00-624.15 DD.DD Internal Register ------ MW(0.0--99.15)U(233.00-255.15) DDD.DD Indirect Register ------ KW01.00-624.15 DD.DD Internal Register (Double words) ------ MD0.00-624.15 D.DD Indirect Register (Double words) ------ KD0.00-624.15 D.DD Internal Relay Link Relay - 10 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ABB AC500 Device PLC Register Internal Register Internal Register (Double words) Bit Address Word Address Format MB0.0—12499.7 ------ DDDD.O ------ MW0.0—3.01695 D.DDDDD ------ MD0.0—6.01695 D.DDDDD Note： 1）Select “MODBUS” mode in the ABB AC500 programming software; 2）If selecting “COM1 MODBUS”, serial communication setting must be “slave” in the 15th “Operation mode”. Other parameters match the touch-screen. 3）Example: MB address: 0.0.1, please input 0.1 in the HMI. ◎Cable Diagram ABB AC31 RS232 ABB AC31 RS485-2 ABB AC500 port1 RS232 ABB AC500 port2 RS232 - 11 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller com2 terminal 9 pin D-SUB (male) com0/com1 com2 2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD 3 TX 8 TX 7 RXD 5 GND 5 GND 5 GND 4.2 Allen-Bradley ◎Serial Communication Series MicroLogix CPU Link Module MicroLogix 1500 (1764-LRP) Channel 1 MicroLogix 1000 MicroLogix 1200 MicroLogix 1500 (1764-LSP,1764-LRP) Channel 0 MicroLogix 1400 (1766-L32BWAA) Channel 0 Driver AIC+ Advanced Interface Converter 1761-NET-AIC Channel 2 Channel 0 SLC500 SLC 5/03 SLC 5/04 SLC 5/05 1770-KF3 2760-RB 1775-KA 5130-RM AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series(DF1)*1 1771-KGM PLC-5 PLC-5/11 PLC-5/20 PLC-5/30 PLC-5/40 PLC-5/40L PLC-5/60 PLC-5/60L Channel 0 CompactLogix 1769-L20 1769-L30 1769-L31 1769-L32E 1769-L35E Channel 0 Channel 1 ControlLogix 1756-L61 1756-L63 CPU Direct *1 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx500 program software *2 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx5000 program software - 12 - AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series(DF1)*2 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Ethernet Communication (Direct Online Simulation disable) Series CPU Link Module MicroLogix 1100 Driver CPU Direct (channel 1) MicroLogix 1400 MicroLogix 1000 MicroLogix MicroLogix 1100 1761-NET-ENI MicroLogix 1200 MicroLogix 1400 MicroLogix 1500 SLC5/05 SLC500 CPU Direct (channel 1) SLC5/03 SLC5/04 AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) *1 1761-NET-ENI SLC5/05 PLC-5 ALL CPUs that support the link I/F on the right 1761-NET-ENI 1769-L30ER 1769-L32E CompactLogix AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) CPU Direct 1769-L35E All CPUs which support the link I/F on the right 1761-NET-ENI *2 *1 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx500 program software *2 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx5000 program software ◎Serial System Communication Series CPU 1500 (1764-LRP) MicroLogix MicroLogix 1000 MicroLogix 1200 MicroLogix 1500 MicroLogix 1400 SLC500 SLC 5/03 SLC 5/04 SLC 5/05 Link Module Channel 1 COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232C Setting Your owner cable RS232C Setting Your owner cable RS232C Setting RS232C Setting Your owner cable RS232C Setting Your owner cable Channel 0 AIC+ Advanced Interface Converter 1761-NET-AIC Channel 0 Channel 2 Your owner cable Your owner cable Channel 0 1770-KF3 2760-RB 1775-KA 5130-RM 1771-KGM PLC-5 PLC-5/11 PLC-5/20 PLC-5/30 PLC-5/40 Channel 0 - 13 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC-5/40L PLC-5/60 PLC-5/60L CompactLogix ControlLogix 1769-L20 1769-L30 1769-L31 1769-L32E 1769-L35E 1756－L61 Channel 0 RS232C Setting Your owner cable RS232C Setting Your owner cable Channel 1 CPU Direct ◎Ethernet System Communication Series MicroLogix CPU Link Module MicroLogix 1100 CPU Direct MicroLogix 1400 (channel 1) Parameter Cable MicroLogix 1000 MicroLogix 1100 MicroLogix 1200 1761-NET-ENI MicroLogix 1500 SLC5/05 SLC500 Connect Type CPU Direct(channel 1) Ethernet Setting Your owner cable Ethernet Setting Your owner cable SLC5/03 SLC5/04 1761-NET-ENI SLC5/05 PLC-5 CompactLogix ALL CPUs that support the link I/F on the right 1769-L30ER 1761-NET-ENI CPU Direct 1769-L32E 1769-L35E All CPUs which support 1761-NET-ENI the link I/F on the right ◎Serial Communication Setting AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series protocol HMI Setting Default communication parameters 19200, 8, none, 1; station No. : 0 - 14 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting RSLogix500 software setting NOTE: Driver: DF1 Full Duplex; Error Detection: CRC. AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series protocol HMI Setting Default communication parameters 19200, 8, none, 1; station No. : 0 - 15 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting RSLogix5000 software setting NOTE: Protocol: DF1 Point to Point; Error Detection: CRC; Enable Duplicate Detection: Disabled. （1）Set the communication parameters: Controller properties - 16 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: Define the new device in the RSLogix5000 before using the register in the HMI. (2) Define Tags and Data type: Select “Controller Tags” right-click”New Tag”, set up tag: NOTE: 1. The controller registers that HMI needs to visit should be defined in the RSLogix5000 in advance. 2. Controller Tags are suitable for all routines in controller, they are global, so the tag should be built in Controller Tags (3) Tag Name and File Number mapping: Select “Logic””Map PLC/SLC Messages”.（Note: the software should be in offline mode） - 17 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Example： Build a new tag whose name is a, the Data Type is INT: Note: 1. For the Data Type，the CompactLogix/ControlLogix supports the INT, BOOL, REAL data type only. 2. This driver does not support Multi-dimensional array, so you can define the range of Dim0 only. 3. In this driver, the INT range is 0~254; REAL range is 0~254, and the BOOL range is 0~999. Besides, build two new tags whose Names are b and c, Data Type are REAL and BOOL. The BOOL variable address range is 0~1024 in PLC, but this driver only supports 0~999. So the HMI can only visit the BOOL register from to 999. After the tags are defined, map the Name to the File Number: - 18 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Note: 1. The File Number is unique, a same File Number cannot map to different Names 2. The range of File Number in this driver is 0~254. The HMI mapping addresses are as follows: Tag Name Data Type Support Range Mapping File Number Mapping HMI address a INT[255] 0~254 0 INT 000000~000254 a BOOL 000.0~254.15 0 N_BOOL 000000.00~000254.15 b REAL[255] 0~254 1 REAL 001000~001254 c BOOL[1024] 0~999 254 B_BOOL 254000~254999 ◎Ethernet Communication Setting AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol HMI Setting PLC Setting - 19 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol HMI Setting PLC Setting ◎Supported Device AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series(DF1) Device Bit Address Word Address Format Bit data file B3：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD Bit data file B10：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD Bit data file B11：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD Bit data file B12：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD Bit data file B13：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD - 20 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Output data file O0：0.0-255.15 ------ DD.DD Input data file I1：0.0-255.15 ------ DD.DD Integer data file ------ N15：0-255 DDD Integer data file ------ N14：0-255 DDD Integer data file ------ N13：0-255 DDD Integer data file ------ N12：0-255 DDD Integer data file ------ N11：0-255 DDD Integer data file ------ N10：0-255 DDD Integer data file ------ N7：0-255 DDD Floating point data file ------ F8：0-255 DDD Counter Accumulator Value ------ C5PV：0-255 DDD Counter Preset Value ------ C5SV：0-255 DDD Timer Accumulator Value ------ T4PV：0-255 DDD Timer Preset Value ------ T4SV：0-255 DDD Note: The format of I/O address is I/O e.s/b, and the e is slot number, s is variable number and b is bit number. For example: The PLC address is O0 0.0/11, mapping address in HMI is O0 0.11; The PLC address is O0 0.1/8, mapping address in HMI is O0 1.8. The I/O address in HMI is continuous when different AB CPU use the I/O modules. Take Micrologix 1400 + output module 1762-OW16 for example, O0 1.3/3 maps the O0 6.3 in HMI. AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series(DF1) Device Bit Address Word Address Format Integer data file bit level N_BOOL000000.00~254254.15 ------ DDDDDD.DD*1 Bit data file B_BOOL000000~254991 ------ DDDDDD*1 Floating point data file ------ REAL000000~254254 DDDDDD*1 Integer data file ------ INT000000~254254 DDDDDD*1 DInteger data file ------ DINT000000~254254 DDDDDD*1 - 21 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Note: *1 Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0 The correct format example as follow: file number is 112, variable address is 87.12, format is 112087.12. 2. Users can define the File Number. AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Bit data file B13：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD Bit data file B12：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD Bit data file B11：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD Bit data file B10：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD Bit data file B3：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD Bit data file Bf:n：0.0-255255.15 ------ DDDDDD.DD Output bit data file O0：0.0-255.15 ------ DD.DD Input bit data file I1：0.0-255.15 ------ DD.DD Output data file ------ OW0：0-255 DDD Input data file ------ IW1：0-255 DDD Integer data file ------ N15：0-255 DDD Integer data file ------ N14：0-255 DDD Integer data file ------ N13：0-255 DDD Integer data file ------ N12：0-255 DDD Integer data file ------ N11：0-255 DDD Integer data file ------ N10：0-255 DDD Integer data file ------ N7：0-255 DDD Integer data file ------ Nf:n：0-255255 DDDDDD Floating point data file ------ F8：0-255 DDD Floating point data file ------ Ff:n：0-255255 DDDDDD Counter Accumulator Value ------ C5PV：0-255 DDD Counter Preset Value ------ C5SV：0-255 DDD Timer Accumulator Value ------ T4PV：0-255 DDD Timer Preset Value ------ T4SV：0-255 DDD *1 *1 *1 Note: *1 Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0 The correct format example as follow: Bf:n 113087.12, file number is 113, variable address is 87.12, and mapping address in PLC is B113: 87/12; Ff:n 9002, file number 9, variable address 2, and mapping address in PLC is F9:2. AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) Device Bit Address Word Address Format Integer data file bit level N_BOOL000000.00~254255.15 ------ DDDDDD.DD*1 Bit data file B_BOOL000000~254999 ------ DDDDDD*1 Floating point data file ------ REAL000000~254255 DDDDDD*1 - 22 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Integer data file ------ INT000000~254255 DDDDDD*1 DInteger data file ------ DINT000000~254255 DDDDDD*1 NOTE: 1. Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0 The correct format example as follow: file number is 112, variable address is 87.12, format is 112087.12. 2. Users can define the File Number. ◎Cable Diagram MicroLogix RS232 cable diagram 1. Cable made by AB Corporation 2. Communication module AIC+ (Part No. 1761-NET-AIC) RS232 SLC 5/03 RS232 cable diagram PLC-5 RS232 cable diagram - 23 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller CompactLogix/ ControlLogix RS232 cable diagram Ethernet cable Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or cross-ruling. Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.3 ACS-Tech80 Motion Controller ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver SA2103 SB214SA RS232 on the CPU unit ACS-Tech80 ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COM Type SA2103 SB214SA RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 ◎Communication Setting RS232 communication - 24 - Parameter Setting Cable Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes LD 0~3 D R/W Linear Acceleration(LA) ----------- LA 0~3 D R/W Linear Velocity(LV) ------ LV 0~3 D R/W Next trgt Abs Pos(AP) ------ AP 0~3 D R/W Next Motion Mode(MM) ------ MM 0~3 D R/W Functions Avail.(FA.1) ------ FA.1 0~3 D Read Only Array Offset(AO) ------ AO 0~3 D R/W Array’s Upper Index(UI) ------ UI 0~3 D R/W Array’s Low Index(LI) ------ LI 0~3 D R/W Path Gen.mode(PG) ------ PG 0~3 D R/W Motor enabled(MO) MO 0~3 ------ D Write Only CLEAR CLEAR 0 ------ D RESET RESET 0 ------ D B 0~3 ------ D Linear Deceleration（LD） B Note：R: Readable，W: Writable。 Register instructions： 1. LD、LA、LV、AP、MM、FA.1、AO、UI、LI、PG Main address：Axis parameter number（X、Y、Z、T） 2. MO、B（Operating instructions） Main address：Axis parameter number（X、Y、Z、T） 3. CLEAR、RESET（Operating instructions） ◎Cable Diagram RS232 communication cable - 25 - Write Only 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.4 ADAM ◎Serial Communication Series ADAM CPU Link Module Driver ADAM-4017 RS485 on the CPU unit ADMA-4015 RS485 on the CPU unit ADAM-4017 ADMA-4015 ◎System configuration Series ADAM CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable ADAM-4017 RS485on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable ADMA-4015 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting ADAM-4017 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 255 Note：a. To allow the “Check Code”; b. Direct online simulation disables. ADAM-4015 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1 - 26 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Note: PLC station must match with the ADAM-4015 configuration. PLC Setting Connect “INIT” with “GND”, and reset the device, then set the communication of ADMA-4015. Set OK, then Update. ◎Supported Device ADAM-4017 Device Bit Address Word Address Format Read Analog Input form Channel N ------ S_Channel 0-65535 DDDDD Read Analog Input from all Channel ------ A_Channel 0-7 D Configuration Status ------ Status 0-65535 DDDDD Enable/disable Channels for Multiplexing ------ M_channel 0-65535 DDDDD Read Channel Status ------ Channel_Status 0-65535 DDDDD - 27 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ------ Read Version -----Read Module Name Note：Order code refer to the ADAM-4107 manual Version 0-65535 DDDDD Name 0-65535 DDDDD 1、 “Data type” of S_Channel and A_Channel is signed integer. Decimal digits is 2 when the power supply is 500mv or 150mv, other conditions is 3. 2、 “Data type” of other registers is HEXING 3、M_channel（$AA5VV）：At the same time allow multiplexing. Enter the decimal value in the range of 0 to 255, mapping hexadecimal (00-FF) 255（FF）：0-7 channel show. 127（7F）：0-6 channel show, 7 Channel does not show. ADAM-4015 Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Channel ------ Channel 0-5 D Floating Note: Channel 0-5 data type is floating. ◎Cable Diagram HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller RS485 terminal com0/com1 1 RX- DATA- 6 RX+ DATA+ 4.5 AysjNet ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver Compressor Controller KYK3-K RS485 on port AysjNet ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module Compressor Controller KYK3-K RS485 on port COMM Type RS485 - 28 - Parameter Cable Setting Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Communication Setting ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes control CTL （0~5）&128&150 ------ DDD Write only set ------ SET (0~51)&128 DDD state ------ STATUS 0.0~17.2 DD.D Read only ◎Cable Diagram 4.6 BACnet ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver BACnet MS/TP VLC-660R Johnson FC BUS Port on CPU unit BACnet MS/TP BACnet MS/TP Extend ALERTON VLC-660R Port on CPU unit BACnet MS/TP Extend ◎Ethernet Communication Series CPU Link Module - 29 - Driver 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller BACnet IP Ethernet interface on CPU BACnet IP BACnet IP Slave Ethernet interface on CPU BACnet IP Slave ◎Serial System configuration Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable BACnet MS/TP VLC-660R Johnson FC BUS CPU Direct RS485 Setting Your owner cable ALERTON VLC-660R Port on CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable BACnet MS/TP Extend ◎ Ethernet System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable BACnet IP Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting BACnet IP Slave Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable ◎Serial Communication Setting BACnet MS/TP protocol HMI Setting Default communication parameters 38400, 8, none, 1; station No. : 1 NOTE： MAX Master setting： Protocol Time Out 2（ms）high three is MAX Master，default 127. MAC address setting： Protocol Time Out 2（ms）low three is HMI MAC address，Range is 0-127。And it must be different from others which one in the token-ring。 PLC MAC address is setting in [PLC Attribute]-[Station No.]，Range is 0~255. - 30 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter。 BACnet MS/TP Extend Protocol： HMI Setting Default communication：38400bps，8，none，1；station：1 Note: 1. Lable one: a.PLC Communication Time Out:255 stands for HMI’s ID number; b.005 stands for HMI’s MAC address,Range is 0~127。And it must be different from others which one in the token-ring。 2. Lable three: a.Protocol Time Out 2:16 stands for register read and writer priority,range is 1~16; b.9999 stands for offset address;Range is 0~4194303; c.PLC’s ID number=Offset address+The setting in [PLC Attribute]-[Station No.]; - 31 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 3. Use this protocol , the hmi must be updated kernel and rootfs by the kinco HMIware v2.2(build140805) or later. 4. This protocol only support new 4000 series and 5020 series HMI. PLC Setting Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter. ◎Network Communication Setting BACnet IP protocol HMI Setting - 32 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE： 1. BACnet controller IP Address； 2. Port ID: 47808, This the standard communication port of BACnet protocol. 3. HMI ID: 8000, If there are more than two HMIs, user must set the different HMI ID for each HMI. 4. Device ID: 4194302，the ID is the same as the actual device. 5. The protocol time out: 100；register read and writer priority :16 range（1~16）; 6. Use this protocol, the HMI must be update kernel and rootfs by the kinco HMIware v2.2 (build141210) or later. 7. This protocol only supports new 4000 series and 5020 series HMI. PLC Setting Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter. BACnet IP Slave protocol HMI Setting - 33 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE： 1. Use this protocol, the HMI must be update kernel and rootfs by the kinco HMIware v2.2 (build150416) or later. 2. This protocol only supports new 4000 series and 5020 series HMI. PLC Setting Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter. ◎Supported Device BACnet MS/TP Protocol Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Binary Input BI 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Binary Output BO 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Binary Value ------ DDDDD Analog Input BV 0-65535 ------ AI 0-65535 DDDDD Float Analog Output ------ AO 0-65535 DDDDD Float Analog Value ------ AV 0-65535 DDDDD Float ------ MI 0-65535 DDDDD Float ------ MO 0-65535 DDDDD Float ------ MV 0-65535 DDDDD Float BACnet MS/TP Extend Protocol Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes AI ------ 0-65535 DDDDD Float AO ------ 0-65535 DDDDD Float AV ------ 0-65535 DDDDD Float BI 0-65535 ------ DDDDD BO 0-65535 ------ DDDDD BV 0-65535 ------ DDDDD MI ------ 0-65535 DDDDD MO ------ 0-65535 DDDDD - 34 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller MV ------ 0-65535 DDDDD 1. AI、AO、AV is float data; 2.This protocol does not support direct online simulation; 3. Bit register transfer is recommended to use a timer to achieve. Note BACnet IP Protocol Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Binary Input BI 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Binary Output BO 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Binary Value BV 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Analog Input ------ AI 0-65535 DDDDD Float Analog Output ------ AO 0-65535 DDDDD Float Analog Value ------ AV 0-65535 DDDDD Float ------ MI 0-65535 DDDDD ------ MO 0-65535 DDDDD ------ MV 0-65535 DDDDD BACnet IP Slave Protocol Device Bit Address Word Address Format BI RB 600.0-600.F ------ DDDDD BO RB 610.0-610.F ------ DDDDD BV RB 620.0-620.F ------ DDDDD AI ------ RW 0-9 DDDDD Float AO ------ RW 100-109 DDDDD Float AV ------ RW 200-209 DDDDD Float MI ------ RW 300-309 DDDDD MO ------ RW 400-409 DDDDD MV ------ RW 500-509 DDDDD 1.AI、AO、AV is float data; 2.This protocol does not support direct online simulation; 3. Bit register transfer is recommended to use a timer to achieve. ◎Cable Diagram RS485-2 - 35 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Ethernet cable Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or cross-ruling. Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.7 Baldor NextMove ES (Motion Controller) ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver NextMove ES NextMove ES RS232 on the CPU unit Baldor NextMove ES ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable NextMove ES NextMove ES RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting PLC Setting Use the guide of the Workbench software - 36 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device - 37 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller （Only data of comms can be monitored, some address greater than or equal to 100 are read only. Please pay attention to matching the controller software configuration.） Device Bit Address Float Word Address（Parameter symbol） Format --------- 1-255 DDD Notes Float Data type ◎Cable Diagram RS232 communication cable of HMI connecting to controller RS232 programming cable（Also can use USB，Power is +5v/±12v） 4.8 Barcode ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver RS232 Barcode 3800LTP-12E Barcode MLJ-MS9590 SYMBOL LS4208-SR200007 ZZR Flashcode LS3042 ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 RS232 Setting Your owner cable 3800LTP-12E Barcode MLJ-MS9590 SYMBOL LS4208-SR200007 ZZR Flashcode LS3042 ◎Communication Setting - 38 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Word -------- LW 8900-8999 DDDD Bit -------- LB 8999 DDDD Notes NOTE: 1. LW 8900-8999: the character after scanning, text and note book parts can display it. 2. LB 8999: the state of barcode is received or not. LB 8999=1 means the data is received. ◎Cable Diagram Connect the scanner and the COM port of HMI directly. 4.9 Baumuller ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver Baumuller BM4413-ST0-02200-03 RS422 on the CPU unit Baumuller ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable Baumuller BM4413-ST0-02200-03 RS422 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting - 39 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Bit type DB_BIT0．00-255．F ------ DDD.H Word type ------ DB0-255 DDD Notes Example: DB2_BIT address please input 0.F in the EV5000 software. DB2 address please input 11 in the EV5000 software. ◎Cable Diagram RS485-4 communication cable 4.10 Bosch Rexroth KVFC+ (Inverter) ◎Serial Communication Series CPU KVFC+ Link Module Driver RS485 Bosch Rexroth KVFC+ ◎System configuration Series KVFC+ CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable - 40 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Communication Setting ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Start/Stop STW0~3 ------ D Set frequency ------ HSW 0 D Basic Function Block ------ B 0~41 DD Deviation alarm ------ E 0~41 DD ------ P 0~37 DD High function array ------ H 0~38 DD D array ------ D 0~6 D Programmable control function array ◎Cable Diagram - 41 - Notes STW0 open, start. STW0 close, stop. STW1 close, positive rotation. STW1 open, negative rotation. STW2 REV inching turning. STW3 FWD inching turning. B16 acceleration time. B17 deceleration time. D0: output power. D2: running current. 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.11 Bosch Rexroth ◎Serial Communication Series CPU PPC-R PPC-R22.1 13VRS L IndraDrive C Link Module Driver RS232 on the CPU unit RS485 on the port L40 RS232 on the CPU unit L20 RS232 on the CPU unit HCS02 RS232 on the CPU unit Bosch Rexroth Bosch Rexroth SIS ◎System configuration Series CPU PPC-R PPC-R22.1 13VRS L L40 L20 Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable Indra Drive C ◎Communication Setting PPC-R communication setting RS232 communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station number: 128 RS485 communication - 42 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: To communicate with the touch screen, declare variable firstly in the Rexroth software. L40 communication settings Default communication: 38400, 8, 1, none; Station No.: 2 NOTE: To communicate with the touch screen, declare variable firstly in the Rexroth software. L40 Hardware Settings - 43 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting PPC-R software setting PLC connects with PC via crossover ethernet cable. If using cross-connection ethernet cable, you must add a HUB (we usually use a cross-connection line to access the Internet) Hardware configuration： 1. Click”scp configurator”--->”scanning ”or” add device”--->”next”, pay attention to the default controller IP: 192.168.1.1. And set IP 192.168.1.1 in the software (PC and controller must be set up in the same segment), ping IP address is OK, that configuration is successful. Save and close “scp configurator”--->”refresh” to see logical devices created in configured logical devices”, double-click to enter. All configurations will be successful. 2. Open ”indralogic”--->”online/communication parameter”--->”new” and select ”TCP/IP” to modify “value”, set IP address the same as controller: 192.168.1.1 - 44 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 3. “Resource”--->“Global variables”--->declare variable in “HMI” 4. Click “online/login” L40 software setting 1) The IndraLogic software connect with the Rexroth IndraControl L40 by ethernet cable（test: plc IP address：192.168.100.103） Open the IndraLogic software，create a new project： Click “OK” and pop-up the window as follows: - 45 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE：Must select Download symbol file Click “OK” and pop-up the window as follows: And then edit program： - 46 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Input B0 and pop-up the dialog, configurations as follows, click “OK”: And set up coil： At the same time, you will find that there automatically generate two variables in the global variable： Then setting as follows： - 47 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Setting communication parameter: Then click “Login”: Communicating successfully, you can operate（“Online” menu to select “run” or others）: - 48 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE：The PLC panel must be set up, press” Enter”, then press”△”, until showed up “ RS232”, and then press ”Enter” to enter “COM SERV” interfaces (not SERV, it must change to SERV) In accordance with the above settings, the serial line access, EV5000 can be communicated with the Rexroth Controller L40 by serial port. ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format BYTE B0000-9999 ------ DDDD WORD ------ W0-65535 DDDDD INT ------ I0-65535 DDDDD UINT ------ UI0-65535 DDDDD DWORD ------ DW0-65535 DDDDD DINT ------ DI0-65535 DDDDD UDINT ------ UD0-65535 DDDDD ◎Cable Diagram PPC-R RS232 communication cable PPC-R RS485 communication cable - 49 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller L40 communication cable 4.12 Bosch Rexroth Ethernet ◎Network communication (indirect online and direct online simulation disable) Series CPU Link Module Driver IndraLogic IndraLogic L40 DPM ETH on the CPU unit Bosch Rexroth Ethernet IndraMotion MLC IndraControl L25 ETH on the CPU unit Bosch Rexroth L25 Ethernet ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable IndraLogic L40 DPM 02VRS ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable IndraMotio n MLC IndraControl L25 ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting L40 HMI Setting - 50 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ※PLC Attribute (station disable) ※Network configuration（Note: PLC port num. must be set 6042，HMI port num. is optional，default is 6042. In addition, the screen and plc must be set in the same network segment, the gateway of the screen is better to set with the actual use of the network gateway .） NOTE: To communicate with the touch screen, declare variable firstly in the Rexroth software. PLC Setting PLC connect with PC by crossover network cable，if using cross-connection network cable, you must add a HUB (we usually use a cross-connection line to access the Internet) 1. After L40 equipped with software driver successfully, to set as follows: - 51 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller At this time open “indralogic” -->“online/communication parameter” -->“new” and select “TCP/IP ” to modify “value”，set IP address the same as controller: 192.168.100.103 - 52 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. “Resource”--->“Global variables”--->declare variable in “HMI” 3. Click “online/login” L25: HMI Setting - 53 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting 1. Modify the IP in the controller. 2. Declare variable in controller programmer software. 3. Software setting 1）Create new project and select IndraMotion MLC L25（library→driver and control→IndraMotion MLC）, then drug the selected controller onto the project file. 2 ） IN Insert IndraMotion MLC L25 （FWA-CML25*-ML*-12V06）and IP address. properties - 54 - box, set the Firmware release 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 3）Declare variable Declare variable UD in [Application]→[PlcProg(PRG)],and declare the variable type. 4) View the Declared variable in [Application]→[UserVarGlobal] 4. Click “online/login” ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format BYTE B0000-9999 ------ DDDD WORD ------ W0-65535 DDDDD INT ------ I0-65535 DDDDD UINT ------ UI0-65535 DDDDD DWORD ------ DW0-65535 DDDDD DINT ------ DI0-65535 DDDDD UDINT ------ UD0-65535 DDDDD ◎Cable Diagram Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. - 55 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.13 CANOpen Node Slave ◎Serial Communication Series KINCO CPU Link Module K4 Driver CAN port on the External Device Other company devices which support CANOpen CANOpen port CANOpen Node Slave ◎System configuration Series KINCO CPU K4 Other company devices which support CANOpen Link Module Parameter CAN port on the External Device Setting CAN port Setting Cable Your cable owner ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting NOTE: Baud Rate and Station No. must be the same as the setting in the controller. Parameters Setting 1. Predefined PDO mapping parameters a. Default is “yes”, that is an effective predefined PDO mapping parameters. HMI now use the following PDO communication parameters and mapping Receive PDO Mapping Send PDO Mapping - 56 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Note: TX_PDO using the event-triggered mode, that is, only when its mapping variable changes, it sends the PDO. b. If the "No", the main station or other equipment necessary to configure the PDO communication parameters and mapping (configure only in the pre-operational status). After configured, you can send a save command via USB-CAN or controller to save the current configuration (restart still valid). Command: Save the configuration information： Restore to factory defaults： Into the operating state： Into the pre-operational status： COB-ID 0x600 + NodeID 0x600 + NodeID 0x00 0x00 DATA 0x23 0x10 0x10 0x01 0x73 0x61 0x76 0x65 0x23 0x11 0x10 0x01 0x6C 0x6F 0x61 0x64 0x01 NodeID 0x80 NodeID 2. Enter operational state automatically a. Default is "yes", that is, HMI enter the operational status (OPERATIONAL) automatically after power-up, NMT Master is no need to re-send start instructions. b. If the "No", then HMI enter the pre-operational status (PRE-OPERATIONAL) automatically after power-up, only when the NMT Master sends start commands, system can entering the operational status (OPERATIONAL) Note: PDO is effective only in the operating conditions (OPERATIONAL). 3. Baudrate CAN port baud rate must be the same as CAN bus. 4. Node ID HMI in the CAN bus ID, the ID only for the use of CANopen protocol. When using all the PDO (RX_PDO1 ~ RX_PDO64, TX_PDO1 ~ TX_PDO64), station number can not exceed 7, the bus station number of other devices also can not exceed 7. PLC setting - 57 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Note: you can find MT5020.EDS in fieldbus file of EV5000 Installation Directory, or you can download from www.kinco.cn. Take MT6000 for example (we use MT6000 HMI to test, and use 3S CODESYS software to download project) 1. Setup Start Menu “3s Software”->“Codesys v2.3”->“installtarget” Click “open” choose “StepServoARM.tnf”, and then click “install”. 2. Copy “MT5020.EDS” to “C:\Program Files\Common Files\CAA -Targets\ StepServo\ PlcConf” 3. Configuration setting a. run codesys software，make a new project - 58 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller b. configuration setting，right click “PLC configuration” and choose “CanMaster” c. set Baud Rate d. choose “CanMaster” right click “Append HMI-MT5020” e. Node ID: set slave station No. - 59 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller f. in the “Library Manager” we import “3S_CANopenMaster.lib” g. PDO read and write setting - 60 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller h. define Global Variable i. SDO setting，this step need program j. load the configuration into the PLC ◎Supported Device - 61 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Device Bit Address Word Address Format ————— LW8000~LW8999 DDDD Notes NOTE: We must make the setting of PD0, SD0 and LW the same as codesys ◎Cable Diagram 4.14 Cimon ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver PLC-S Cimon CM3-SP16MDRV RS232 on the CPU unit Cimon CM3-SP16 ◎ System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable PLC-S Cimon CM3-SP16MDRV RS232 on the CPU unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎ Communication Setting HMI setting Default parameter：9600bps，8，none，1；station number：0 RS232 - 62 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485 ◎ Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input X 0.0-63.F ------ DD.F Output Y 0.0-63.F ------ DD.F Sub Relay M 0.0-511.F ------ DDD.F Link Relay L 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.F Keep Relay K 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.F Timer T 0-519 ------ DDD Counter C 0-519 ------ DDD Special Relay ------ DDDD Z Register F 0-2047 ------ Z 0-1029 DDDD Timer ------ T 0-519 DDD Counter ------ C 0-519 DDD Data Device ------ D 0-9999 DDDD Sub Relay ------ M 0-511 DDD Output ------ Y 0-63 DD Input ------ X 0-63 DD Keep Relay ------ K 0-255 DDD Link Relay ------ L 0-255 DDD Step Control Relay ------ S 0-99 DD ◎ Cable Diagram RS232 - 63 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485 4.15 Danfoss Inverter ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver Danfoss FC-300 RS485 on the CPU unit Danfoss Modbus RTU ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable Danfoss FC-300 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable Modbus RTU FC-300 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting Danfoss Protocol: - 64 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Modbus RTU Protocol: Note：Change the value of 8-30 to 2 on the Danfoss inverter for modbus protocol（Change the value of 8-30 to 0 for the Danfoss Protocol） Inverter 8-3* FC Port Setting 8-30 protocol *[0] FC (danfoss protocol) [2] Modbus (modbus protocol) 8-31 address 1 – 247 * 1 (HMI station No.) 8-32 FC Port Baud Rate [0] 2400 Baud [1] 4800 Baud *[2] 9600 Baud 8-33 FC Port Parity *[0] even, 1 stop bit [1] Odd, 1 stop bit [2] None, 1 stop bit [3] None, 2 stop bit Inverter setting Please refer to the manual of Danfoss inverter for details ◎Supported Device Danfoss Protocol: Device Bit Address Word Address Format EEPROM Register(Double Word) ———— EPD0-7998.99999 DDDD.DDDDD EEPROM Register ———— EPW0-7998.99999 DDDD.DDDDD - 65 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RAM Register(Double Word) ———— RMD0-7998.99999 DDDD.DDDDD RAM Register ———— RMW0-7998.99999 DDDD.DDDDD Note： 1. D indicates decimal; the prefix of RMD\RMW\EPD\EPW is address parameter, the suffix is index number. 2. Mapping of index address (adding radix point if having index address, index value follow radix point. Otherwise there’s no radix point): RMW310.1 is to 3-10, please clicking Menu, to find 3-10 to check. 3. If no index, radix point followed by default zero. As follows RMW122 to 1-22: 4. R/W of process word: 1） Address of EPD register is 8000, is for saving input command value of process word; 2） Address of EPD register is 8100, is for saving return value of process word; 3） Input command value and return value can be showed by RW register. 4）Start\Stop, Mapping of reference value to frequency: Reason: RWD8000 is for inputting control word, it’s not able to input control word by itself, but via sending RW1, RW0 to RWD8000 by timer. - 66 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◆Control word RW1: While RW1=0x47C or 1148, it means start. While RW=0x0F03 or 3843, it means stop. ◆Frequency of RW0 mapping : If input 2000 to RW0, frequency is 25HZ, and input 4000, frequency is 50HZ, and so on. ◆Timer, send value of RW1 and RW0 to RWD8000. Modbus RTU Protocol: Device Bit Address Word Address Format Output bit 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD - 67 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Input bit (read only) 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD Input Register (read only) ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD Note： Mapping of address (same as *10 relationships): 2-01 is to 4X2010 3-02 is to 4X3020 So address 4X1300 is to 1-30 as following picture, here is double word address. To get more information, please refer to danfoss manual. In addition, to get mapping address of startup, you should set bit of 3, 4, 5, 6,7,11 coil on: 0x047C=0000 0100 0111 1100 Set 0X 3, 0X 4, 0X 5, 0X 6, 0X 7, 0X 11 all to “1” (if random one of these registers is “0”,inverter will stop. loop 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 0 Preset reference value LSB Preset reference value MSB DC brake Inertial stop Quickly stop locking frequency Acc/Dec stop Do not reset Do not inching Acc/Dec 1 valid data Relay 1 close Relay 2 close Set LSB 15 Set MSB 16 Do not reverse Transducer controller word (FC structure) - 68 - 1 Do not DC brake Do not Inertial stop Do not Quickly stop Do not locking frequency start reset inching Acc/Dec 2 invalid data Relay 1 open Relay 2 open reverse 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Set 0X 3，0X 4，0X 5，0X 6，0X 7 all to “1” via the method of setting on when window open; Change the inverter status (start or stop) by control the status of 0X11. 0x2000=0010 0000 0000 0000(binary bit from the 17th to the 32nd), setting the 30th bit to “1” means frequency is 25Hz, and “1” in the 29th bit means 12.5Hz, and so on. In short, the 0X17~0X32 is to control frequency. The inverter will show the value after starting. 0X17~0X32 for controlling frequency，mapping as follows: 0x4000 ——50Hz 0x2000 ——25Hz 0x1000 ——12.5Hz (approximate) 0x800 ——6Hz And so on, about 80 times ◎Cable Diagram - 69 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.16 Delta Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module DVP DVP14SS11R2 DVP 24 DVP 32 DVP 60ES00 DVP-XXES01 Driver RS232 on the CPU unit Delta DVP RS485 on port ◎Ethernet Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver DVP DVP-32EH DVPEN01-SL Delta DVPEN01-SL Ethernet (TCP Slave) AS332T Ethernet interface on CPU Delta AS300 Ethernet(TCP Slave) AS300 ◎Serial System configuration Series CPU DVP DVP14SS11R2 DVP 24 DVP 32 DVP 60ES00 DVP-XXES01 Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on port RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable ◎ Ethernet Communication Parameters and Cables Production Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable DVP DVP-32EH DVPEN01-SL Ethernet Setting Your owner cable AS300 AS332T Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable ◎Serial Communication Setting DVP RS232 communication - 70 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller DVP RS485-2 communication Note: RS485 communication, we should change the value of D1120 in the PLC Software. PLC setting 1. Wpl207->Auxiliary Editing->RS-485 Protocol Setting (D1120), you can set the value of D1120. - 71 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. PLC connection with the Wpl207, monitoring changes in the value of D1120. for example, 9600, 7, even, 1. and then D1120=86（HEX） ◎Ethernet Communication Parameters Delta DVPEN01-SL Ethernet (TCP Slave) HMI Setting PLC Setting 1）Open the WPLSoft and bulid new project； - 72 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2) Change the IP address - 73 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Delta AS300 Ethernet(TCP Slave) HMI Setting PLC Setting 1.Open ISPSoft,bulid new project and choose the right CPU type. 2.PLC parameter setting: ◎ Supported Device Delta DVP Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input X0-9999 ------ OOOO Output Y0-9999 ------ OOOO Auxiliary Relay M0-9999 ------ DDDD Step Relay S0-9999 ------ DDDD Timer Relay T0-9999 ------ DDDD Counter Relay C0-9999 ------ DDDD Timer ------ TV0-9999 DDDD Counter ------ CV0-127 DDD Double word counter ------ CV2 232-255 DDD ------ D0-9999 DDDD Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input X0-377 ------ OOO Output Y0-377 ------ OOO Auxiliary Relay M0-4095 ------ DDDD Step Relay S0-1023 ------ DDDD Timer Relay T0-255 ------ DDD Counter Relay C0-255 ------ DDD Timer ------ T0-255 DDD Counter ------ C0-199 DDD Data Register Delta DVPEN01-SL Ethernet - 74 - Notes Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Double word counter ------ C2 200-255 DDD D0-11999 DDDDD Data Register -----Delta AS300 Ethernet(TCP Slave) Device Bit Address Word Address Format HC_Bit 0-255 ------ DDD Counter C_Bit 0-511 ------ DDD Timer T_Bit 0--511 ------ DDD Step point Relay S_Bit 0-2047 ------ DDDD Special auxiliary sign SM_Bit 0-4095 ------ DDDD Special auxiliary M_Bit 0-8191 ------ DDDD Output Relay Y_Bit 0.00-63.15 ------ DD.DD Input Relay X_Bit 0.00-63.15 ------ DD.DD Data Register D_Bit 0.00-29999.15 ------ DDDDD.DD 32-bit Counter ------ HC_Word 0-255 DDD Index Register ------ E_Word 0-9 D Counter ------ C_Word 0--511 DDD Timer ------ T_Word 0-511 DDD Data Register ------ D_Word 0-29999 DDDDD Special data Register ------ SR_Word 0-2047 DDDD Output Relay ------ Y_Word 0-63 DD Input Relay ------ X_Word 0-63 DD 32-bit Counter ◎Cable Diagram DVP RS232 communication cable DVP RS485-2 communication cable - 75 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Ethernet communication protocol cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.17 Delta (Temperature Controller) ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver DVP DTA4848 DTB9696VR DTC1000 DTC2000 RS485 on the CPU unit Delta DTA/DTB/DTC ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable DVP DTA4848 DTB9696VR DTC1000 DTC2000 RS485 on port RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting RS485-2 communication - 76 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: Only use 4X, not 3X in the ev5000 project. ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Output bit 0X1-FFFF ------ HHHH Input bit (read only) 1X1-FFFF ------ HHHH Input Register (read only) ------ 3X1-FFFF HHHH Output Register ------ 4X1-FFFF HHHH Controller Setting 1. Set the communication parameter Setting communication parameter in “setting mode” (1) (Station number) matching the station No. of the Ev5000 (2) (Baudrate) (3) (Data bit) (4) (Parity) (5) (Stop bit) Non-supported formats: 7, N, 1 or 8, O, 2 or 8, E, 2(Databit、Parity、Stopbit). (6) Setting the parameter of CoSH The data must be ON when executing write operation in touch-screen. 2. Communication parameters and notes DTA4848：Address and Content of Word Register (corresponds to 4X in the HMI) Address Content 4700H Process value (PV) 4701H Set point (SV) Explanations - 77 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4702H Upper-limit alarm 1 In the running mode , when ALA1 is 1 and Upper-limit alarm is valid. 4703H Lower-limit alarm 1 In the running mode , when ALA1 is 1 and Lower -limit alarm is valid. 4704H Upper-limit alarm 2 In the running mode , when ALA2 is 2 and Upper-limit alarm is valid. 4705H Lower-limit alarm 2 In the running mode , when ALA2 is 2 and Lower -limit alarm is valid. The data content should not be higher than the temperature 4706H Upper-limit of temperature range range. In the setting mode The data content should not be lower than the temperature 4707H Lower-limit of temperature range 4708H PB Proportional band 1 to 9999, unit is 0.1. In the adjusting mode 4709H Ti Integral time 0~9999. In the adjusting mode 470AH Td Derivative time 0~9999. In the adjusting mode 470BH Heating/Cooling hysteresis 0~9999 4710H Input temperature sensor type In the setting mode range. In the setting mode 0: PID (default), 1: ON/OFF, 2: manual tuning. In the setting 4711H Control method mode 4712H Heating/Cooling control cycle 0 to 99 second, 0:0.5s, in the adjusting mode or , when it is under the control of PID 4713H Proportional control offset error value 0%~100% 4714H Temperature regulation value -99.9~99.9. in the adjusting mode Please refer to the contents of the “Alarm Outputs” for detail. 4715H Alarm 1 type In the setting mode 4716H Alarm 2 type Please refer to the contents of the “Alarm Outputs” for detail. - 78 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller In the setting mode 4717H Temperature selection 4718H Heating/Cooling Selection 4719H Control Run/Stop setting 471AH unit Communication selection display control o C : 1 (default), oF : 0. in the setting mode Heating: 0 (default), Cooling: 1. in the setting mode Run: 1 (default), Stop: 0. in the running mode write-in Communication write in disabled: 0 (default), Communication write in enabled: 1. In the setting mode 471BH Software Version V1.00 indicates 0 x 100 4729H AT Setting OFF: 0 (default), ON: 1. in the adjusting mode 4733H CT monitor value Unit is 0.1A. in the running mode DTB9696VR：Address and Content of Word Register (corresponds to 4X in the HMI) Address Content Explanation 1000H Process value (PV) Measuring unit is 0.1, updated one time in 0.4 second 1001H Set point (SV) Unit is 0.1, oC or oF The data content should not be higher than the 1002H Upper-limit of temperature range temperature range. In the setting mode The data content should not be lower than the 1003H 1004H Lower-limit of temperature range Input temperature sensor type temperature range. In the setting mode Please refer to the contents of the “Temperature Sensor Type and Temperature Range” for detail. In the setting mode 0: PID, 1: ON/OFF, 2: manual tuning, 3: PID grogram 1005H Control method control. In the setting mode 0: Heating, 1: Cooling, 2: Heating/Cooling, 3: 1006H Heating/Cooling control selection Cooling/Heating. In the setting mode 1007H 1st group of Heating/Cooling control cycle 0 ~ 99, 0:0.5 sec. in the adjusting mode - 79 - or 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 1008H 2nd group of Heating/Cooling control cycle 0 ~ 99, 0:0.5 sec. in the adjusting mode 1009H PB Proportional band 0.1 ~ 999.9. in the adjusting mode 100AH Ti Integral time 0~9999. in the adjusting mode 100BH Td Derivative time 0~9999. in the adjusting mode 100CH Integration default 0 ~ 100%, unit is 0.1%. in the adjusting mode 100DH Proportional control offset error value, when Ti = 0 0 ~ 100%, unit is 0.1%. in the adjusting mode 100EH The setting of COEF when Dual Loop output control are used 0.01 ~ 99.99, unit is 0.01 (setting when it is under the control of PID ) in the adjusting mode 100FH The setting of Dead band when Dual Loop output control are used -999 ~ 9,999. in the adjusting mode 1010H Hysteresis setting value of the 1st output group 0~9999. in the adjusting mode 1011H Hysteresis setting value of the 1st output group 1012H Hysteresis setting value of the 1st output group 1013H Hysteresis setting value of the 2nd output group or 0~9999. (setting when Dual Loop output control are used ) in the adjusting mode or Unit is 0.1%; write operation is valid under manual tuning mode only. In the running mode Unit is 0.1%; write operation is valid under manual tuning mode only. In the running mode 1 Unit = 2.8uA (Current Output) = 1.3mV (Linear 1014H Upper-limit regulation of analog linear output 1015H Lower-limit regulation of analog linear output 1016H Temperature regulation value -99.9 ~ +99.9, unit: 0.1. in the adjusting mode 1017H Analog decimal setting 0~3. in the running mode 1018H Time for valve from full open to full close 0.1~999.9. in the adjusting mode 1019H Dead Band setting of valve 0 ~ 100%; unit: 0.1%. in the adjusting mode 101AH Upper-limit of feedback signal set by valve 0~1024. in the adjusting mode Voltage Output) in the adjusting mode 1 Unit = 2.8uA (Current Output) = 1.3mV (Linear Voltage Output) in the adjusting mode - 80 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 101BH Lower-limit of feedback signal set by valve 101CH PID parameter selection 0~1024. in the adjusting mode 0~4. in the adjusting mode 101DH SV value corresponded to PID value Only valid within available range, unit: 0.1 scale. in the adjusting mode 1020H Alarm 1 type In the setting mode 1021H Alarm 2 type In the setting mode 1022H Alarm 3 type In the setting mode 0: None (default), 1~3: Set Alarm 1 to Alarm 3. 1023H System alarm setting In the setting mode 1024H Upper-limit alarm 1 In the setting mode 1025H Lower-limit alarm 1 In the setting mode 1026H Upper-limit alarm 2 In the setting mode 1027H Lower-limit alarm 2 In the setting mode 1028H Upper-limit alarm 3 In the setting mode 1029H Lower-limit alarm 3 In the setting mode 102AH Read LED status b0 : Alm3, b1: Alm2, b2: F, b3: ℃, b4: Alm1, b5: OUT2, b6: OUT1, b7: AT 102BH Read pushbutton status b0: Set, b1: Select, b2: Up, b3: Down. 0 is to push unit: 0.1 0: Normal, 1: All setting lock, 11: Lock others than SV 102CH Setting lock status 102DH CT read value Unit: 0.1A. In the running mode 102FH software version V1.00 indicates 0x100. 1030H Start pattern number value. In the running mode 0 ~ 7. In the running mode (setting when it is under the control of PID and the mode of 1040H~ 1047H Actual step number setting inside the correspond pattern ) 0 ~ 7 = N, indicate that this pattern is executed from step 0 to step N. in the setting mode - 81 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 1050H~ 1057H 1060H~ 1067H Cycle number for repeating the execution of the correspond pattern Link pattern number setting of the correspond pattern 0 ~ 99 indicate that this pattern has been executed for 1 ~ 100 times. In the setting mode 0 ~ 8, 8 indicates the program end. 0~7 indicates the next execution pattern number after executing the current pattern. In the setting mode 2000H~ 203FH Pattern 0~7 temperature set point setting(Pattern 0 temperature is set to2000H ~ 2007H) 2080H~ 20BFH Pattern 0~7 execution time setting(Pattern 0 time is set to 2080H~2087H) -999 ~ 9,999. in the setting mode ~ Time 0 ~ 900 (1 minute per scale). in the setting mode ~ DTB9696VR：Address and Content of Bit Register (corresponds to 1X in the HMI) 0810H Communication write-in selection Communication write in disabled: 0 (default), Communication write in enabled: 1. In the setting mode o 0811H C/linear input (default): 1 , oF : 0. in the setting Temperature unit display selection mode 0812H Except for the thermocouple B, S, R type, all the other thermocouple type are valid. (0 or 1). Decimal point position selection In the running mode OFF: 0 (default), ON : 1. 0813H AT setting In the adjusting mode 0: STOP, 1: RUN (default). 0814H Control RUN/STOP setting In the running mode 0: RUN (default), 1: STOP. 0815H STOP setting for PID program control In the running mode 0: RUN (default), 1: Temporarily STOP. 0816H Temporarily STOP for PID program control In the running mode 0817H Valve feedback setting status 0: w/o feedback (default), 1: feedback function. 0818H Auto-tuning valve feedback status 0: Stop AT (default), 1: Start AT 3. Communication Parameters List Communication protocol: Modbus (ASCII); Available communication address: 1 to 255, 0 is broadcast address Function code: 03H: read the contents of register (Max. 3 words). 06H: write 1 (one) word into register. - 82 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Cable Diagram DVP RS485-2 communication cable 4.18 ENDA ◎Serial Communication Series CPU ENDA devices Link Module ELC RS485-2 on the CPU unit ETC RS485-2 on the CPU unit EUC RS485-2 on the CPU unit EPC RS485-2 on the CPU unit EDP RS485-2 on the CPU unit Driver ENDA Controller/PLC Devices ◎System configuration Series ENDA devices CPU Link Module COMM Type ELC RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485 ETC RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485 EUC RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485 EPC RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485 EDP RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485 Parameter Setting ◎Communication Setting ENDA Devices:Default communication:9600, 8, 1, none; station：1 - 83 - Cable Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device ENDA PLC Devices Device Bit Address Word Address Format Output Relay MB 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Input Relay (read only) IP 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Output Register ------ MW 0-65535 DDDDD Input Register (read only) ------ IR 0-65535 DDDDD Device Bit Address Word Address Format Coils Coils 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Discrete input (read only) DI 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Holding Registers ------ HR 0-65535 DDDDD Input Register (read only) ------ IR 0-65535 DDDDD Notes ENDA Controller Devices ◎Cable Diagram RS485 communication cable 4.19 Emerson NetWork Power ◎Serial Communication - 84 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Series CPU Link Module Driver Emerson EC10 Ec10-1006BRA RS232 on the CPU unit Emerson EC10 Emerson EC20 Ec20-2012BRA Ec20-3232BRA RS232 on the CPU unit Emerson EC20 ◎System configuration Series CPU Emerson EC10 EC10-1006BRA Emerson EC20 EC20-2012BRA EC20-3232BRA Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on port1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on port1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting Emerson EC10 RS232 communication Emerson EC20 RS232 communication Emerson EC10 RS485-2 communication - 85 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Emerson EC20 RS485-2 communication NOTE: Communication with port1, you must set the system configuration in the programming software first. - 86 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Emerson EC10 Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input Relay X000-377 ------ OOO Output Relay Y000-377 ------ OOO Internal Relay M0000-1999 ------ DDDD Special Relay SM000-255 ------ DDD Step Relay S000-991 ------ DDD Timer Relay T000-255 ------ DDD Counter Relay C000-255 DDD DDDD Data register ------ -----D0000-7999 Special Register ------ SD000-255 DDD Index Register ------ Z00-15 DD Timer ------ T000-255 DDD Counter ------ C000-199 DDD Counter(double word) ------ C_Double200-255 Data register(double word) ------ D_Double0000-7999 DDDD Special Register(double word) ------ SD_Double000-127 DDD - 87 - DDD Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Emerson EC20 Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input Relay X000-377 ------ OOO Output Relay Y000-377 ------ OOO Internal Relay M0000-1999 ------ DDDD Special Relay SM000-255 ------ DDD Step Relay S000-991 ------ DDD Timer T000-255 ------ DDD Counter C000-255 DDD DDDD Data register ------ -----D0000-7999 Special Register ------ SD000-255 DDD Index Register ------ Z00-15 DD Timer ------ T000-255 DDD Counter ------ C000-199 DDD Counter(double word) ------ C_Double200-255 DDD Data register(double word) ------ D_Double0000-7999 DDDD Special Register(double word) ------ SD_Double000-125 DDD ◎Cable Diagram Emerson RS232 communication Emerson RS485-2 communication - 88 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.20 Epower ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Epower Epower CPU Direct Driver EPower Epower Slave ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Epower Epower CPU Direct RS232 ◎Communication Setting - 89 - Parameter Cable Setting Your owner cable Setting Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format UPSSet UPSSet1-6 ------ DDDDD UPSPanel UPSPanel0-9 ------ DDDDD UPSData ------ UPSData0-70 DDDD UPSDisp ------ UPSDisp0 DDDDD UPSCommand ------ UPSCommand0-52 DDDDD Notes -----DDDDD UPSText UPSText0-1 Slave driver notes： 1. Transmit the device value to LW, LB by timer; refer to the addr table for details. 2. UPSCommand must use with UPSSet、macro； 3. UPSDisp must use with UPStexr、UPSPanel、macro. Epower HMI project notes： 1. The project must have UPSData0 device, otherwise the data accuracy will be affected; Suggest to put UPSData0 device in the public window. 2. LW.B indicates the bits of UPSData ◎Cable Diagram COM0 connect to ups communication board COM1 connect to King software or com debug tool - 90 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.21 Fatek Corporation ◎Serial Communication c CPU Link Module RS232 on the CPU unit FBs FBs-10MA/MC FBs-14MA/MC FBs-20MA/MC FBs-24MA/MC FBs-32MA/MC FBs-40MA/MC FBs-60MA/MC FBs-20MN FBs-32MN FBs-44MN FBe-20MA FBe-28MA FBe-40MA CPU unit Port 0 FBe-20MC FBe-28MC FBe-40MC FBn-19MCT FBn-26MCT FBn-36MCT CPU unit Port 0 FBe/FBn Driver Port 0 Port 1 FBS-CB25-3 Port 2 FATEK FB Modbus RTU Port 1 Port 2 FB-DTBR FB-DTBR-E ◎Network communication Series CPU Link Module Driver FBs FBs-20MAT FBs-CBE-3 FATEK FB Ethernet(TCP) ◎Serial System configuration Driver FACON FB Modbus Series FB MA FB MC FB MA CPU FBs-20MAT Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 Setting Your owner cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable FBS-CB25-3 FBs-20MAT FBS-CB25-3 - 91 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RTU FB MC RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎Network System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable FBs FBs-20MAT FBs-CBE-3 ETH Setting Your owner cable ◎Serial Communication Setting FACON FB RS232 communication FBS-CB25-3 module RS485 communication FBS-CB25-3 module communication Modbus RTU RS232 communication - 92 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Modbus RTU RS485-2 communication Note: The detailed communication configuration must be the same as the PLC’s port setting. ◎Network Communication Setting HMI Setting - 93 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting 1、 In ether cfg software, click [scan] to search the PLC information. 2、 Click [Properties] to change the IP and ports. - 94 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 3、 Click [ok] to save the settings. ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input X0-9999 ------ DDDD Output Y0-9999 ------ DDDD Internal Relay M0-9999 ------ DDDD Step Relay S0-9999 ------ DDDD Timer Relay T0-9999 ------ DDDD Counter Relay C0-9999 ------ DDDD Data Register ------ R-L 0-3839 DDDD Data Register ------ R-H 3840-9999 DDDD Data Register ------ D0-9999 DDDD Timer ------ T0-9999 DDDD Counter ------ C0-199 DDD Double word Counter Register -----DRC200-255 DDD Note：R-L register corresponds to the “R” register of the PLC, the address range 0~3839; R-H register corresponds to the “R” register of the PLC, the address range 3840~9999; DR register corresponds to the “D” register of the PLC; TMR register corresponds to the “T” register of the PLC; CTR register corresponds to the “C” register of the PLC; DRC register corresponds to the “C(32)” register of the PLC，e.g.：DRC200==C200 ◎Cable Diagram FB RS232 communication cable HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal 15 pin D-SUB (male) com0/com1 com2 2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD 3 TX 8 TX 1 RXD 5 GND 5 GND 6 GND 3 RTS 4 CTS - 95 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller FBS-CB25-3 module communication RS232 communication cable HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller port1 terminal 9 pin D-SUB (male) com0/com1 2RXD 3TXD 5GND 7RTS 8CTS 2TXD 3RXD 5SG 7CTS 8RTS RS485 communication cable Ethernet cable Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or cross-ruling. Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.22 Fuji SPB ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module SPB NW0P20T-31 RS485 interface on the CPU NB NB2U24R-11 RS485 interface on the CPU Driver Fuji SPB ◎System configuration Series SPB NB CPU Link Module NW0P20T-31 NB2U24R-11 RS485 interface on the CPU RS485 interface on the CPU ◎Communication Setting - 96 - Ethernet Type Parameter RS485-4 RS485-4 Setting Cable Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE：When PLC is protected by password, protocol time out 2 is 65535, and the register is read only. If you want to make the register writable, you must let the protocol time out 2 equal the PLC password. Example: PLC password is 1234, and then you make the protocol time out 2 to be 1234. PLC password is 0010, and then you make the protocol time out 2 to be 10. ◎Supported Device SPB Device Bit Address Word Address Format Data register D 0~6FF.F ------ HHH.H Special relay M_special 0~1FF ------ HHH Counter contact C 0~FF ------ HH Timer contact T 0~1FF ------ HHH Keep relay L 0~FFF ------ HHH Auxiliary relay M 0~FFF ------ HHH Output relay Y 0~3FF ------ HHH Input relay X 0~3FF ------ HHH Timer contact ------ TW 0~3FF HHH Counter contac ------ CW 0~FF HH Data register DW 0~6FF HHH Special register ----------- DW_special 0~1FF HHH Link register(0 slot) ------ W0 0~7FF HH Link register(1 slot) ------ W1 0~7FF HHH Link register(2 slot) ------ W2 0~7FF HHH Link register(3 slot) ------ W3 0~7FF HHH Link register(4 slot) ------ W4 0~7FF HHH Link register(5 slot) ------ W5 0~7FF HHH Link register(6 slot) ------ W6 0~7FF HHH Link register(7 slot) ------ W7 0~7FF HHH - 97 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Note：M_special address: 8000 in the PLC corresponds to 0 in the HMI. DW_special address: 8000 in the PLC corresponds to 0 in the HMI. NB Device Bit Address Word Address Format Data register D 0~3F.F ------ HHH.H Special relay M_special 0~1FF ------ HHH Counter contact C 0~1F ------ HH Timer contact T 0~1F ------ HHH Keep relay L 0~1FF ------ HHH Auxiliary relay M 0~3FF ------ HHH Output relay Y 0~3F ------ HHH Input relay X 0~3F ------ HHH Timer contact ------ TW 0~1F HHH Counter contact ------ CW 0~1F HH Data register ------ DW 0~3F HHH Special register ------ DW_special 0~1FF HHH Notes Read only ◎Cable Diagram 4.23 GE Fanuc Automation Inc. ◎Serial Communication Series GE Fanuc Series 90-30 CPU IC693CPU311 IC693CPU313 IC693CPU321 IC693CPU323 IC693CPU331 IC693CPU340 IC693CPU341 IC693CPU350 Link Module Driver Serial Connector on Power Supply GE Fanuc Series SNP - 98 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller IC693CPU351 IC693CPU352 IC693CPU360 IC693CPU363 IC693CPU364 IC693CPU374 IC693CSE311 IC693CSE313 IC693CSE323 IC693CSE331 IC693CSE340 IC693CPU311 IC693CPU313 IC693CPU321 IC693CPU323 IC693CPU331 IC693CPU340 IC693CPU341 IC693CPU350 IC693CPU360 IC693CPU364 IC693CPU351 IC693CPU352 IC693CPU363 Connector on Power Supply GE SNP-X IC693CMM311 Connector on Power Supply Port1 on CPU unit Port2 on CPU unit IC693CMM311 IC693CPU374 Port on Power Supply IC693CMM311 VersaMax Series VersaMax Micro & Nano Series PACSystems RX3i CPU001/002/005 CPUE05 IC200UAL004/005/006 IC200UDD110/120/212 IC200UDR005/006/010 IC200UAA007 IC200UAR028 IC695CPE310 IC695CPE320 RS232 on port1 RS485 on port2 RS232 on port1 RS485 on port2 RS232 on port1 RS485 on port2 GE Fanuc Series SNP ◎Network communication Series CPU Series90-30 CPU340 CPU341 CPU350 CPU351 CPU352 - 99 - Link Module Driver IC693CMM321 GE IP Ethernet （TCP Slave） 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller CPU360 CPU363 CSE311 CSE313 CSE323 CSE331 CSE340 PACSystem RX3i VersMax Micro&Nano VerMax Series 90-30 CPU364 CPU374 Ethernet interface on CPU IC695CPE305 IC695CPE310 IC695CPE 315 IC695CPE 320 IC695ETM001 IC200UDD020 IC200UDD040 IC200UDD064 IC200UDD120 IC200UDD164 IC200UDD220 IC200UDD240 IC200UDR020 IC200UDR040 IC200UDR064 IC200UDR120 IC200UDR140 IC200UDR164 IC200UDR440 IC200UEM001 CPUE05 Ethernet interface on CPU CPU311 CPU313 CPU323 CPU331 CPU340 CPU341 CPU350 CPU351 CPU352 CPU360 CPU363 CSE311 CSE313 CSE323 CSE331 CSE340 Modbus TCP IC693CMM321 - 100 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller CPU364 CPU374 Ethernet interface on CPU Series 90-70 CPU731 CPU771 CPU772 CPU780 CPU781 CPU782 CPU788 CPU789 CPM790 CPM915 CPM925 CSE784 CSE924 CSE925 CPX772 CPX782 CPX928 CPX935 CGR772 CGR935 IC697CMM742 (Type2) PACSystem RX7i CPE010 CPE020 CRE020 Ethernet interface on CPU ◎Serial System configuration Series GE Fanuc Series 90-30 CPU IC693CPU374 Link Module RS485 on the CPU unit IC693CMM311 COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable VersaMax Series CPU001/002/005 CPUE05 RS232 on port1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on port2 RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on port1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable VersaMax Micro & Nano Series IC200UAL004/005/006 IC200UDD110/120/212 IC200UDR005/006/010 IC200UAA007 IC200UAR028 RS485 on port2 RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable IC695CPE310 IC695CPE320 RS232 on port1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on port2 RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable PACSystems RX3i ◎Network System configuration - 101 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Series Connect Type Parameter Series 90-30/ Versamax/ PACSystem RX3i/ Versamax Mico&Nano Ethernet (GE IP Ethernet(TCP Slave)) Setting Series 90-30/ PACSystem RX3i/ Versamax Mico&Nano Ethernet (Modbus TCP Slave) Cable Your owner cable Setting ◎Serial Communication Setting GE Fanuc Series SNP RS232 Communication GE Fanuc Series SNP RS422 Communication GE SNP-X Protocol RS232 Communication - 102 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller GE SNP-X Protocol RS422 Communication NOTE: Set matching communication parameter in the Programming software. PLC Setting RX3i 设置： - 103 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Network Communication Setting MODBUS TCP Protocol: HMI： PLC: - 104 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller GE IP Ethernet（TCP Slave）Protocol: HMI: PLC: ◎Supported Device - 105 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Device Bit Address Word Address Format System SC01-32 ------ DD System SB01-32 ------ DD System SA01-32 ------ DD System S01-32 ------ DD Temporary T001-256 ------ DDD Internal M0001-4096 ------ DDDD Genius Global G0001-1280 ------ DDDD Output Q0001-2048 ------ DDDD Input I001-256 ------ DDD Analog Output ------ AQ001-512 DDD Analog Input ------ AI0001-2048 DDDD Register ------ R0001-9999 DDDD Address correspondence between modbus ◎Cable Diagram 90-30/VersaMax/RXi RS232 communication HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller VersaMax terminal 9 pin D-SUB (male) com0/com1 com2 2 RX 7 RX 2 TX 3 TX 8 TX 3 RX 5 GND 5 GND 5 GND VersaMax Micro & Nano Series RS232 communication CMM311 RS232 communication - 106 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller CMM311 RS422 communication HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male CMM311 port2 terminal 25 pin D-SUB (male) com0/com1 1 Rx6 Rx+ 5 GND 4Tx9 Tx+ 9 SDA 21 SDB 7 GND 13 RDA 25 RDB 10 RTSA 11 CTSA 12 TER CTS 22 RTSB 23 CTSB 90-30/VersaMax RS422 communication Ethernet communication protocol cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. - 107 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.24 HAIWELL ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module E/S HW-S16ZA220R Driver RS232 on com1 Haiwell RS485 on com2 ◎System configuration Series CPU E/S HW-S16ZA220R Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on com1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on com2 RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting Haiwell RS232 communication Haiwell RS485 communication - 108 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Special memory Relay SM0–215 ------- DDD Counter Relay C0–127 ------- DDD Timer Relay T0–127 ------- DDD Internal Relay M0–2047 ------- DDDD Switch Output Y0–127 ------- DDD Switch Input ------- DDD System register X0–127 ------- SV0-139 DDD Counter(Current Value) ------- CCV-16 0-47&80-127 DDD Counter(Current Value double word) ------- CCV-32 48-79 DD Timer(Current Value) ------- TCV0-127 DDD Internal Register ------- V0-2047 DDDD Analog Output ------- AQ0-31 DD Analog Input ------- AI0-31 DD ◎Cable Diagram Haiwell RS232 communication cable Haiwell RS485 communication cable 4.25 HanG ◎Serial Communication - 109 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Series CPU Link Module Driver HanG DTS3338 RS485 on the CPU unit HanG ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type HanG DTS3338 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Parameter Setting Cable Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Password ------ APAS 0 H Meter Number ------ ANUM C032 HHHH Init Meter ------ ASTR 0 H Register value ------ AMVD 9010 HHHH NOTE：Use text part to show meter number (ANUM). AMVD data type: signed integer ◎Cable Diagram - 110 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.26 Hitachi Inverter ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Hitachi Inverter SJ300 Link Module Driver Hitachi SJ300 RS485-2 ◎System configuration Series Hitachi Inverter CPU SJ300 Link Module RS485-2 Parameter Setting Cable Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI default communication parameter: 4800, 7, none, 1; station: 1 Inverter internal setting Code Name description A001 Frequency set 00(VR)/01(Terminal)/02(operator)/03(RS485)/04(OPT 1)/05(OPT 2) A002 Run set 01(Terminal)/02(operator)/03(RS485) /04(OPT 1)/05(OPT 2) C71 Baudrate 02(close loop detect)/ 03(2400bps)/ 04(4800bps)/ 05(9600bps)/ 06(19200bps) C72 Station set 1~32 C73 Data bit 7(7 bit)/8(8 bit) C74 Parity 00(none)/01(even)/02(odd) C75 Stop bit 1(bit)/2(bit) NOTE：A001, A002 must be set 03（RS485）in order to communication with HMI. ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format ------ P Extend Func 0~50 ------ H Extend Func 0~512 DDD ------ F Func Date 0~65535 DDDDD ----------- C Func Date 0~65535 DDDD DDD B Func Date 0~999 - 111 - DD Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller -----FWD/REW/STOP FREQ SET ------ TerminalPoint State Surveillance Data ------ Transducer State A Func Date 0~999 DDD (00)FWD/REW/STOP 0 D Write only (01)FREQ SET 0 D Write only (02)TerminalPoint State 0~7 D Write only (03)Surveillance Data 0~12 DD Read only D Read only DD Read only (04)Transducer State 0~3 Trip Record ------ (05)Trip Record 0~54 Revert ------ (08)Revert 0 D Write only Recount Motor Con ------ (0B)Recount Motor Cons 0 D Write only Store EEPROM ------ Store EEPROM 0 NOTE：(02)Terminal Point State 0~7 use text part D ◎Cable Diagram RS485-2 communication cable 4.27 Hitachi IES Co., Ltd ◎Serial Communication Series H CPU Link Module H-20 H-28 H-40 H-64 H-200(CPU-02H) H-250(CPU21-02H) H-252B(CPU22-02HB) H-252C(CPU22-02HC) H-300(CPU-03Ha) H-302(CPU2-03H) H-700(CPU-07Ha) H-702(CPU2-07H) port on CPU - 112 - Driver Hitachi 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller H-2002(CPU2-20H) H-4010(CPU3-40H) H-1002(CPU2-10H) H-300(CPU-03Ha) H-302(CPU2-03H) H-700(CPU-07Ha) H-702(CPU2-07H) H-2000(CPU-20Ha) H-2002(CPU2-20H) H-4010(CPU3-40H) EH-150 MICRO-EH COMM-H COMM-2H H-1002(CPU2-10H) COMM-2H EH-150(EH-CPU104) EH-150(EH-CPU104A) EH-150(EH-CPU208) EH-150(EH-CPU208A) EH-150(EH-CPU308) EH-150(EH-CPU308A) EH-150(EH-CPU316) EH-150(EH-CPU316A) EH-150(EH-CPU448) EH-150(EH-CPU448A) EH-150(EH-CPU516) EH-150(EH-CPU548) Serial port 1 on CPU Serial port 2 on CPU EH-150(EH-CPU516) EH-150(EH-CPU548) Port 1 on EH-SIO Port 2 on EH-SIO MICRO-EH(EH-D10) MICRO-EH(EH-A14) MICRO-EH(EH-D14) MICRO-EH(EH-A23) MICRO-EH(EH-D23) MICRO-EH(EH-A28) MICRO-EH(EH-D28) Port 1 on CPU MICRO-EH(EH-A23) MICRO-EH(EH-D23) MICRO-EH(EH-A28) MICRO-EH(EH-D28) Port 2 on CPU MICRO-EH(EH-A64) MICRO-EH(EH-D64) MICRO-EH(EH-A40) MICRO-EH(EH-D40) MICRO-EH(EH-A20) MICRO-EH(EH-D20) Port on CPU EH-OB232 EH-OB485 ◎Ethernet Communication - 113 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Series CPU Link Module Driver S10V LQP510-Z LQP520-Z HITACHI S10V Series Ethernet (TCP Slave) EHV EHV-CPU32 Ethernet interface on CPU HITACHI EHV Series Ethernet (TCP Slave) ◎Serial System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable H H-20 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable EH-150 EH-150(EHCPU104) Serial port 1 on CPU Serial port 2 on CPU MICRO-EH EH-A23DR Port 1 on CPU RS232 Setting Your owner cable Port 2 on CPU RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎Ethernet System Communication Series CPU S10V LQP510-Z EHV EHV-CPU32 Link Module Connect Type Parameter LQP520-Z Ethernet Setting Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting ◎Serial Communication Setting RS232 communication RS422 communication - 114 - Cable Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Ethernet Communication Setting HITACHI S10V Series Ethernet (TCP Slave) HMI Setting HITACHI EHV Series Ethernet (TCP Slave) HMI Setting - 115 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Hitachi EH-A23DR Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes External Input X 00.000-5A.095 ------ HHH.DDD Read Only External Output Y 00.000-5A.095 ------ HHH.DDD Remote Input X 100.000-9FF.095 ------ HHH.DDD Remote Output Y 100.000-9FF.095 ------ HHH.DDD Internal Output R 0000-FFFF ------ HHHH Data Area M 0000-FFFF ------ HHHH First CPU Link L 00000-03FFF ------ HHHHH Second CPU Link L 10000-FFFFF ------ HHHHH On Delay Timer TD 00000-65535 ------ ------ DDDDD WX 000.00-05A.09 HHH.DD External Output ------ WY 000.00-05A.09 HHH.DD Remote Input ------ WX 100.00-9FF.09 HHH.DD Remote Output ------ WY 100.00-9FF.09 HHH.DD Word Internal Output ------ WR 0000-C3FF HHHH Special Word Output ------ WRF 000-FFFF HHHH Data Area ------ WM 0000- FFFF HHHH First CPU Link ------ WL 0000-03FF HHHH Second CPU Link ------ WL 1000-FFFF HHHH External Input Read Only Read Only Read Only TC 00000-65535 DDDDD Timer Counter -----Note：X0.015 in the HMI match x15 in the PLC,Y1.000 in the HMI match Y100,WX0.09 in the HMI match WX9 in the Plicate effective address is deleted radix point and the first zero behind radix point. The list of address correspondence Bit Address Word Address PLC address X 00.000-00.047 ------ X 0000-0047 Y 01.000-01.031 ------ Y 0100-0131 ------ WX 000.00-000.03 WX 0000-0003 ------ WY 001.00-Y001.01 WY 0010-0011 - 116 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Note: The range of X, Y, WX, WY is according to the I/O assign. Make sure the I/O address before using the register. Note: 1. Communication setting EH series, only port1 supports procedure 2.Switch DIP and change special Internal Input (WR) value to select procedure. EH150 series，only EHCPU***A/448/516/548 support procedure 2. EH PLC connect with PC only by procedure 1. 2. CPU related actions EH150 DIP 5 must be set on. If DIP 5 is on, which procedure (1 or2) to use by judging the value of the WR F037.The highest bit of WR F037 must be on, so that the other bits can be written in. The data keep on, when turn on the power again. o By entering 0x8000, turn on the power again and value of the address is 0x0000.After settings, communication with procedure 1. o By entering 0xC000, turn on the power again and value of the address is 0x4000.After settings, communication with procedure 2. The transmission speed of port 1 will be set with DIP 3, 4 switches o 3 on, 4 off is 19200 bps The transmission speed of port 2 will be set with DIP 6, PHL switches. o 6 off, PHL on is 19200 bps MicroEH The transmission speed will be set with DIP switches o SW1 on is 19200 bps Which procedure(1 or2) to use by judging the value of the WR F01A.Different with EH150, The highest bit of WR F01A is optional, The data will reset when turn on the power again. If the value of R 7F6 is set on, the data of WR F01A will be stored in Flash memory. o 0x0000 for procedure 1. o 0x8000 for procedure 2. Note: if procedure 2 is set and written in Flash memory, external device (only supports procedure 1) or ladder editor will not connect with it. S10V Device Bit Address Word Address Format S S 0-BFF ------ HHH Z Z 0-3FF ------ HHH E E 0-FFF ------ HHH V V 0-FFF ------ HHH P P 0-7F ------ HH N N 0-FF ------ HH CCC CCC 0-FF ------ HH CR CR 0-FF ------ HH CD CD 0-FF ------ HH - 117 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller CU CU 0-FF ------ HH UUU UUU 0-FF ------ HH UU UU 0-FF ------ HH TTT TTT 0-1FF ------ HHH TT TT 0-1FF ------ HHH K K 0-FFF ------ HHH M M 0-FFF ------ HHH R R 0-FFF ------ HHH G G 0-FFF ------ HHH Q Q 0-FFF ------ HHH Y Y 0-FFF ------ HHH J J 0-FFF ------ HHH X X 0-FFF ------ HHH OW ------ OW 0-FFF HHH IW ------ IW 0-FFF HHH DW ------ DW 0-FFF HHH FW ------ FW 0-BFF HHH SW ------ SW 0-BF HH ZW ------ ZW 0-3F HH EW ------ EW 0-FF HH VW ------ VW 0-FF HH PW ------ PW 0-8 H NW ------ NW 0-F H CW ------ CW 0-F H UW ------ UW 0-F H TW ------ TW 0-1F HH KW ------ KW 0-FF HH MW ------ MW 0-FF HH RW ------ RW 0-FF HH GW ------ GW 0-FF HH QW ------ QW 0-FF HH YW ------ YW 0-FF HH JW ------ JW 0-FF HH XW ------ XW 0-FF HH CC ------ CC 0-FF HH CS ------ CS 0-FF HH UC ------ UC 0-FF HH US ------ US 0-FF HH TC ------ TC 1FF HHH TS ------ TS 0-1FF HHH - 118 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller HITACHI EHV Series Ethernet (TCP Slave) Device Bit Address Word Address Format Timer T 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Internal output(shared Bit/Word) M 0-FFFFF ------ HHHHH Link area No.n(n is 0 to 7) L 0-73FFF ------ HHHHH Internal output R 0-FFFF ------ HHHH External output Y 0-65535 ------ DDDDD External input X 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Timer progress value ------ TC 0-65535 DDDDD Internal output ------ WM 0-FFFF HHHH Link area No.n(n is 0 to 7) ------ WL 0-FFFF HHHH Internal output ------ WR 0-FFFF HHHH External output ------ WY 0-65535 DDDDD External input ------ WX 0-65535 DDDDD ◎Cable Diagram Hitachi EH-A23DR RS232 communication cable HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller RJ-45 terminal com0/com1 com2 5 GND 5 GND 1 SG 2 RX 7 RX 5 SD 3 TX 8 TX 6 RD 7 DSR 2 VCC Hitachi EH-A23DR RS422 communication cable Ethernet Cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. - 119 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.28 Hollysys Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series Hollysys LM CPU Link Module LM3109 Serial port0 on CPU 485 Serial port1 on CPU 232 LM3107 RS232 on CPU Hollysys LK Driver Hollysys RTU RS232 on CPU LM Modbus Hollysys LK Modbus RTU ◎Ethernet Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver Hollysys LK LK210 Ethernet interface on CPU Hollysys LK Modbus TCP Slave*1 *1 Support dual redundancy ◎Serial System Configuration Series Hollysys LM CPU LM3109 LM3107 Hollysys LK Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable ◎Ethernet System Configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable Hollysys LK LK210 ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable ◎Serial Communication Setting HMI Setting Default communication parameters:38400，8，none，1；station：51 RS232 - 120 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485-2 ◎Ethernet Communication Setting HMI Setting Note：In the dual redundancy system, just set one of IP addresses in Network Device Setting PLC Setting Must set the PLC station in PLC program software. ◎Supported Device LM Device Bit Address Word Address Format Discrete inputs and image Relay I0.0-2.7 ------ D.O Discrete outputs and image Relay Q0.0-1.7 ------ D.O M100.0-7816.7 ------ DDDD.O M0-99 are occupied by system diagnosis. ------ IW0 D address must be an Internal memory Relay Analog inputs - 121 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Analog outputs ------ QW0 D Internal register ------ MW0-8190 DDDD Internal register(double word) ------ MD0-8188 DDDD even number; IW,QW address range to 30 by adding a module Note: I,IW register read only LK Device Bit Address Word Address Format Outputs Relay 0X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD Inputs Relay 1X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD Analog inputs ------ 3X 1-65535 DDDDD Data Register ------ 4X 1-65335 DDDDD Data Register(DWord) ------ 5X 1-65535 DDDDD Notes ◎Cable Diagram Hollysys LM RS232 communication cable Hollysys LM RS485 communication cable Ethernet Cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.29 HuaDA HD-JZ06 ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module - 122 - Driver 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller HD RS232 on the CPU unit HD-JZ06 RS485 on the CPU unit HuaDA HD-JZ06\ HuaDA HD SLAVE ◎System configuration Series CPU HD HD-JZ06 Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable Notes ◎Communication Setting RS232 communication RS485 communication ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format ------ DDDD MCU Register LB 0-4095 VB 0-4095 ------ DDDD HMI Internal register ------ LW 0-4094 DDDD MCU Register ------ VW 0-4094 DDDD HMI Internal Relay - 123 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Cable Diagram RS232 Port RS485 Port HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal 9 pin D-SUB (male) com0/com1 1 RX- 7 B- 6 RX+ 6 A+ 5 GND 5 GND 4.30 IDEC Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver RS232 on the CPU unit IDEC MicroSmart MICRO SMART FC4A-C10R2 FC5A-C24R2 FT1A-H48SA ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type MICRO SMART FC4A-C10R2 FC5A-C24R2 FT1A-H48SA RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting - 124 - Parameter Cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Internal Relay M0.0-127.7 ------ DDD.O Output Q0.0-30.7 ------ DD.O Input I0.0-30.7 ------ DD.O Data Register ------ D0-8199 DDDD Counter(Current Value) ------ C_CV0-99 DD Counter(Preset Value) ------ C_SV0-99 DD Timer(Current Value) ------ T_CV0-99 DD Timer( Preset Value) T_SV0-99 Note: M address: 121 in the plc correspond to 12.1 in the EV5000. Q\I address: 1277 in the plc corresponds to 127.7 in the EV5000. ◎Cable Diagram Idec RS232 communication cable FC4A - 125 - DD Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller FC5A RS485 4.31 Inovance Electric Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver H2U H2U-3624MR CPU direct Inovance H2u（don’t support multi station） COM1 CPU direct Modbus RTU*1 COM1 H3U H3U-1616MT -XP CPU direct Inovance H3u （don’t support multi station） NOTE: *1 Support multi-station ◎Ethernet Communication Series CPU Link Module - 126 - Driver 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Inovance H3U-1616MT-XP Ethernet interface on CPU Inovance H3u Ethernet(TCP Slave) ◎Serial System configuration Series CPU Driver Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable H2U 3624M R Inovance H2u RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS422 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the com1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the com1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS422 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the com1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable Modbus RTU H3U 1616MT-XP ◎Ethernet System configuration Series Inovance CPU Link Module H3U-1616MT-XP Ethernet interface on CPU Connect Type Ethernet Parameter Setting ◎Serial Communication Setting Inovance H2u protocol HMI Setting HMI monitor protocol communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 0 RS232 RS422 - 127 - Cable Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485 PLC Setting You should put off JP0, if communication on the COM0, RS485. You should set D8126=01h, if communication on the COM1, RS485. Modbus RTU protocol HMI Setting RS485 communication parameter: PLC COM0 port is controlled by D8110; COM1 port is controlled by D8120. - 128 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC setting COM0 setting: D8116=02h, modbus-RTU slave protocol; D8111=1, station: 1; D8110=81h, communication parameter: 9600, 8, none, 1. COM1 setting: D8126=02h, modbus-RTU slave protocol; D8121=1, station: 1; D8120=81h, communication parameter: 9600, 8, none, 1. Inovance H3u protocol HMI Setting Default parameter：9600bps，7，even，1；station NO.：0 RS232 - 129 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS422 RS485-2 PLC Setting PLC COM0 - 130 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC COM1 Note：COM1 parameter only support 9600bps； ◎Ethernet Communication Setting HMI Setting - 131 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting Set a right IP address. ◎ Supported Device Inovance H2u Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input Relay X 000-177 ------ OOO Output Relay Y 000-177 ------ OOO Auxiliary Relay M 0000-1535 ------ DDDD Timer Relay T_bit 000-255 ------ DDD Counter Relay C_bit 000-255 ------ DDD Data Register Relay SM 8000-8255 ------ DDDD S 000-999 ------ DDD Status Relay Timer ------ T 000-255 DDD Counter ------ C 000-199 DDD Data register ------ D 0000-7999 DDDD Special Data Register ------ SD 8000-8255 DDDD ------ C_dword 200-255 Counter Memory（DWord） Inovance H3u Ethernet(TCP Slave) Notes DDD Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input Relay X0-377 ------ OOO Output Relay Y0-377 ------ OOO Auxiliary Relay Data Register Relay M0-8511 ------ DDDD SM0-1023 ------ DDD Status Relay S 0-4095 ------ DDDD Timer Relay T 0-511 DDD Counter Relay C 0-255 DDD Timer ------ T0-511 DDD Counter ------ C0-199 DDD Data register ------ D0-8511 DDDD Special Data Register R Register ------ SD0-1023 DDDD ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD Notes Inovance H3u Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input Relay X 0-377 ------ OOO Output Relay Y 0-377 ------ OOO Auxiliary Relay Data Register Relay M 0-8511 ------ DDDD SM 0-1023 ------ DDDD - 132 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Status Relay S 0-4095 Timer Relay T_bit 0-511 DDD Counter Relay C_bit 0-255 DDD Timer ------ T 0-511 DDD Counter ------ C 0-199 DDD C_dword 200-255 DDD ------ Data register DDDD Special Data Register R Register ------ D 0-8511 DDDD ------ SD 0-1023 DDDD Input Relay ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD ◎Cable Diagram COM0 port communication cable RS232 Please uses the programming cable: SC-09 RS422 HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller COM0 terminal 8pin Mini DIN(male) com0/com1 1 RX- 4Tx- 6 RX+ 7Tx+ 5 GND 3GND 4 TX- 1Rx- 9 TX+ 2Rx+ RS485 NOTE: Put off JP0 by RS485. COM1 port communication cable - 133 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Ethernet communication protocol cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.32 Invt ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver INVT IVC1 RS232 on the CPU unit Invt IVC1 ◎System configuration Series INVT CPU Link Module IVC1 RS232 on the CPU unit COM Type Parameter Cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting RS232 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station number: 1 RS485-2 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station number: 1 - 134 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting 1. The PLC has two ports: port0 and port1, port1 support RS232 and RS485 2. Port0 configuration as follow: Port1 configuration as follow: - 135 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format C_bit C_bit 0-255 ------ DDD T_bit T_bit 0- 255 ------ DDD S S 0-1023 ------ DDDD SM SM 0-255 ------ DDD M M 0-2047 ------ DDDD Y Y 0-177 ------ OOO X X 0-177 ------ OOO SD_double ------ SD_double 0-127 DDD D_double ------ D_double 0-7999 DDD C_double ------ C_double 200-255 DDD C_word ------ C_word 0-199 DDD T_word ------ T_word 0-255 DDD Z ------ Z 0-15 DD SD ------ SD 0-255 DDD D ------ D 0-7999 DDDD ◎Cable Diagram - 136 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS232 communication cable HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller port0 8 pin Mini Din (male) com0/com1 com2 2 RX 7 RX 5 TXD 3 TX 8 TX 4 RXD 5 GND 5 GND 3 GND HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller port1 com0/com1 com2 2 RX 7 RX 3 TX 8 TX 5 GND 5 GND TXD RXD GND RS485-2 communication cable 4.33 KDN Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver KDN-K3 KDN-K304-14AR RS232 on the CPU unit KDN-K3 ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable KDN-K3 K304-14AR RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable ◎Supported Device KDN-K3 Device Bit Address Word Address Format Discrete inputs and image Relay I0.0-7.7 ------ D.O Discrete outputs and image Relay Q0.0-7.7 ------ D.O Internal memory Relay M0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O - 137 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Analog inputs ------ AIW0-30 DD Analog outputs ------ AQW0-30 DD Internal register ------ VW0-4094 DDDD Internal register(double word) ------ VD0-4092 DDDD NOTE: 1） AIW, AQW, VW, VD address must be an even number. 2） AIW and I device read only. 3） The single floating VR of PLC corresponds with the VD of the Ev5000 (choose single floating). ◎Communication Setting KDN-K3 RS232 communication ◎Cable Diagram RS232 communication cable HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal 9 pin D-SUB (male) com0/com1 com2 2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD 3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD 5 GND 5 GND 5 GND RS485 communication cable - 138 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.34 Kinco Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module K2 Series Kinco Driver RS485 on the CPU port RS232 on the CPU unit K3 Series RS485 on the CPU port Kinco PLC Series RS232 on the CPU unit K5 Series RS485 on the CPU port ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable Kinco K2 Series RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable K3 Series RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable K5 Series ◎Communication Setting RS232 communication RS485 communication - 139 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Discrete inputs and image Relay I0.0-31.7 ------ D.O Discrete outputs and image Relay Q0.0-31.7 ------ D.O Internal memory Relay M0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O Analog inputs ------ AIW0-62 DD Analog outputs ------ AQW0-62 DD Internal register ------ VW0-4094 DDDD Internal register(double word) ------ VD0-4092 DDDD Notes ERR 0~127*1 ERR -------- ERR 128~255*2 ERR 256~383*3 DDDDD ERR 384~511*4 NOTE: 1) AIW, AQW, VW, VD address must be an even number. 2) AIW and I device read only. 3) The single floating VR of PLC corresponds with the VD of the Ev5000 (choose single floating). *1 ERR0~127 indicate the recent 128 common errors. ERR0 is the latest error, ERR1 is the later error, and so on. *2 ERR128~255 indicate the recent 128 serious errors. ERR128 is the latest error, ERR129 is the later error, and so on. *3 ERR256~383 indicate the last 128 common errors the last time PLC is powered on. ERR256 is the last error, ERR257 is the previous error, and so on. *4 ERR384~511 indicate the last 128 serious errors the last time PLC is powered on. ERR 384 is the last error, ERR385 is the previous error, and so on. ◎Cable Diagram RS232 communication cable - 140 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal 9 pin D-SUB (male) com0/com1 com2 2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD 3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD 5 GND 5 GND 5 GND CPU304/CPU304EX/CPU306 RS485 communication cable CPU306EX /308/504 RS485 communication cable CPU506EA RS485 communication cable 4.35 Kinco Inverter ◎Serial Communication Series FV100 CPU Link Module Driver FV100-2S-00156 RS485 on the CPU unit Kinco Inverter - 141 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎ Serial Communication Parameters and Cables Production Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable FV100 FV100-2S-00156 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable ◎Serial Communication Parameters HMI Setting Default communication：9600bps，8，even，1；station：5 PLC Setting A. Inverter operation panel menu Key Name Function MENU Programming / Exit key Enter or exit the programming status ENTER Function / Data key Enter the submenu or confirm data ∧ Increase key Incremental data or function code ∨ Decrease key Decreasing the data or function code SHIFT Shift key In edit mode, you can choose to modify the bit setting data; in other states, you can switch the display status parameters M Multifunction key The key functions are set by b4.01 RUN Run key In the operation panel mode, press this key to run STOP/RST Stop / Reset key Shutdown or fault reset B.Inverter function code parameters b3：Communication parameters Function Name Range Code - 142 - Minimum Factory unit setting Change machine setting range 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller b3.00 Communication LED ones：Baud Rate Selection Configuration 0：4800BPS 1 001 X 0~155H 1 5 X 0~127 1：9600BPS 2：19200BPS 3：38400BPS 4：115200BPS 5：125000BPS LED tens：Data Format 0：1-8-2-N，RTU 1：1-8-1-E，RTU 2：1-8-1-O，RTU 3：1-7-2-N，ASCII 4：1-7-1-E，ASCII 5：1-7-1-O，ASCII LED hundreds:Connection mode 0:Direct Cable Connection （232/485） 1：MODEM(232) b3.01 Machine Address 0~127，0：Broadcast address X：Operation can not be changed C.Function code parameters of the inverter, control parameters and status parameters are mapped to Modbus read and write registers; inverter control parameters and status parameters are virtual inverter function code group; Function code group and its high byte register address map correspondence shown in the following table Inverter parameter group Mapped address high byte Inverter parameter group Mapped address high byte A0 0x00 B2 0x0C A1 0x01 B3 0x0D A2 0x02 B4 0x0E A3 0x03 C0 0x14 A4 0x04 C1 0x15 A5 0x05 D0 0x1E A6 0x06 D1 0x1F A7 0x07 D2 0x20 A8 0x08 U0 0x5A B0 0x0A Control parameters group 0x32 B1 0x0B Status parameter group 0x33 Note：With function code parameter A3.02 example, the register address A3.02 to 0x0302, converted to decimal number 770, so the HMI set the address to 770 + 1 = 771 (decimal) ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Internal system / external output node 0X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD Internal system / external input node 1X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD - 143 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Analog input data node 3X_bit 0.01-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD Data Node 4X_bit 0.01-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD 4X single write data node 6X_bit 0.01-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD Analog Input Data Register ------ 3X 1-65535 DDDDD Data register ------ 4X 1-65535 DDDDD Data register ------ 5X 1-65535 DDDDD 4X single write register ------ 6X 1-65535 DDDDD Data register ------ 41X 1-65535 DDDDD Data register ------ 43X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD Data register ------ 4X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD Data register ------ 3X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD Notes：1.5X :Anti-byte；4X-DINV，3X-DINV: word high and low bit-reversed; 2.41X:Rewrite a single 16-length inverter function code parameter or control parameters, parameter values after the drive is powered down to save; 3.43X-DINV:Rewrite multiple inverter function code parameter or control parameters, parameter values after the drive is powered down to save; ◎Cables Production RS485-2 communication cable 4.36 Kinco EB-MOD2P-01(Kinco Bus Bridge) ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver RS232 on the CPU unit FieldBus Bridge EB-MOD2P-01 RS485 on the CPU unit RS422 on the CPU unit Kinco EB-MOD2P-01 Modbus RTU ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter FieldBus Bridge EB-MOD2P-01 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS422 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable - 144 - Cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 ◎Communication Setting EB-MOD2P-01 RS232 communication NOTE: Communication parameter must the same as the controller panel. EB-MOD2P-01 RS485-4 communication EB-MOD2P-01 RS485-2 communication - 145 - Setting Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device EB-MOD2P-01 Device Bit Address Word Address Format Internal/External Output bit 0X1-60 ------ DDDDD Internal/External Input bit 1X1-60 ------ DDDDD Data Register bit 3X_bit1-60 ------ DDDDD Data Register bit 4X_bit1-60 ------ DDDDD Simulate Input Register bit ------ 3X1-60 DDDDD Data Register ------ 4X1-60 DDDDD Data Register ------ 5X1-60 DDDDD Data Register ------ 6X1-60 DDDDD Data Register ------ 3X-DINV 1-60 DDDDD Data Register ------ 4X-DINV 1-60 DDDDD Notes NOTE：The correspondence between the device of EV5000 and the s7-300 software, as follows: 4X-DINV------------PID e.g.：4X-DINV1------------PID256 4X-DINV3------------PID260 3X-DINV------------PQD e.g.：3X-DINV1------------PQD256 3X-DINV3------------PQD260 4X -------------------PIW e.g.：4X1 --------------------PIW256 4X2--------------------PIW258 3X--------------------PQW e.g.：3X1---------------------PQW256 3X2---------------------PQW258 0X--------------------I e.g.：0X1--------------------I0.0 0X9--------------------I1.0 1X--------------------Q e.g.：1X1--------------------Q0.0 1X9--------------------Q1.0 4X_BIT -------------------PIW（binary） e.g.：4X_BIT1.0~~1.15-------------------PIW256（binary） 3X_BIT--------------------PQW（binary） - 146 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller e.g. ：3X_BIT1.0~~1.15--------------------PQW256（binary） PLC software setting Setup the GSD in the S7-300 software Procedure ： （1）.Close all stations in “HW Config”. （2）.And select “option”-->”setup GSD”. （3）. In the “installation *.GSD file” dialog box, select Source: folders contain *. GSD file, or the STEP 7 project contain *. GSD file （4）.Select one or more files from *.GSD file list, and then click on "install" button. Copy the icon (. BMP file) to the relevant path, such as BRIDGE product：Bitmap_Device = "EVIEW", that copy the "EVIEW" BMP file to the relevant path: c:\siemens\step7\s7data\nsbmp or c:\siemens\cpbv51\bitmaps After installation, you can find the appropriate symbol in "PROFIBUS DP\GATWAY". Project configuration （1）Use the guide to set up projects in the s7-300 software. （2）Double click “DP” of "HW Config"->attribute->new （3）After press “ok”, and then give a connection as follows： - 147 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: the address of DP can’t be the same as MPI’s. Double click the address number to change. （4）Double click “GATEWAY"->"eview"->"B_MO1"to extend device. NOTE: for project configuration of BRIDGE, you must configure DI/D0 resource of 12 bytes firstly. AI/AO is optional. （5）Must Use OB82,OB86,OB100,OB121,OB122 in the ladder program of the external device, otherwise you need to manually operate the RUN switch of the external device as “RUN,STOP,RUN” in this order upon restart the display or PLC. When you use those special OB block, the communication will be automatically recovered even if you restart the display or PLC. （6）Save and compile, and download to module, then the light of profibus is on. （7）After configuration, and then you can program. Bus Bridge setting: - 148 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller （1） Setting ID of Profibus by switching 8-bit Dip(DIP1 is lowest bit, DIP8 is highest bit),range is from 3 to 125; ID must be the same as its configuration in Siemens software. As above picture for example, setting is “3”, that the switch DIP1 and DIP2 on the panel of profibus are set ON, others are OFF. （2）Profibus support baudrate as follows: 9.6Kbit/s, 19.2Kbit/s, 45.45Kbit/s, 93.75Kbit/s, 187.5Kbit/s, 0.5Mbit/s, 1.5Mbit/s, 3Mbit/s, 6Mbit/, 12Mbit/s，and interface is automatically adaptive. （3）A cable (purple),connect DP interface of s7-300 and bus bridge of profibus. Two sides have active terminal resistors; Switch on the s7-300 PLC is off, on the busbridge is on. （ 4 ） Setting baudrate of modbus by switching DIP1-3 of modbus ID port, support 8 kinds of baudrate .Setting as follows: 1 2 3 Baud OFF OFF OFF 1200 ON OFF OFF 2400 OFF ON OFF 4800 ON ON OFF 9600 OFF OFF ON 19200 ON OFF ON 38400 OFF ON ON 57600 ON ON ON 115200 （5）Setting station number of modbus by switching DIP4-8 of modbus ID port ,support 1 to 30 kinds of station number(DIP4 is lowest bit,DIP8 is highest bit, if DIP4 is on and DIP5~8 is off, it means station number is 00001,that is No. 1 station). ◎Cable Diagram RS232 communication cable RS485-4 communication cable - 149 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485-2 communication cable 4.37 Kinco Servo Series ◎Serial Communication Series CPU ED ED100 ED430 ED620 ED630 CD CD420 CD430 CD620 Link Module Driver RS232 on the CPU unit RS485 on port Kinco Servo Series RS232 on the CPU unit ◎System configuration Series CPU ED ED100 ED430 ED620 ED630 CD CD420 CD430 CD620 Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on port RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; staion: 1 RS232 communication - 150 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: If the servo controller to modify the station number, the servo power needed to restart, the station number to take effect, otherwise the communication is incorrect. RS485 communication ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Range word ———— 20 Refer to the kinco manual word ———— 10 Refer to the kinco manual word ———— 8 Refer to the kinco manual Notes NOTE: Use the touch screen, pay attention to the rules addressing. The specific reference to the following description. Touch-screen type of address: according to the number of bits to the servo. Can only be 20, 10, 8. Address of the touch screen: master address, and sub address For example, kinco servo drive manual on page 117, the address 2509, sub-address 06, median 20, addressing the touch screen as shown: - 151 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Cable Diagram ED Series RS232 communication cable RS485 communication cable HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female\male Controller terminal 9 pin D-SUB (male) com0/com1 1 RX- 7Rx8Tx5 GND 2Rx+ 3Tx+ 5 GND 6 RX+ CD Series RS232 communication cable - 152 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.38 Kinco Master & Kinco Slave(Master/Slave Protocol Connection) ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver Kinco Master Kinco Master Kinco Slave Kinco Slave ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable Kinco Master Setting Your owner cable Kinco Slave Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting Kinco Master Kinco Slave - 153 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format B0 - 8999 ------ DDDD ------ W0 - 8999 DDDD Notes ◎Cable Diagram HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal 9pin D-SUB female com0/com1 com2 2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD 3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD 5 GND 5 GND 5 GND 4.39 Keyence Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver KV-16DT KV-16DT CPU Direct KV-1000 KV-1000 CPU Direct KV-3000 KV-3000 CPU Direct Keyence KV-16DT Keyence KV-1000 Keyence KV-3000 KV-Nano Series KV-N60AT CPU Direct Keyence KV-N60AT/7000 ◎Network communication Series CPU Link Module KV-5000 KV-5000 CPU Direct KV-7000 KV-7500 CPU Direct Driver Keyence KV-5000/7000 EtherNet Slave ◎Serial System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable KV-16DT KV-16DT CPU Direct RS232 Setting Your owner cable KV-1000 KV-1000 CPU Direct RS232 Setting Your owner cable KV-3000 KV-3000 CPU Direct RS232 Setting Your owner cable KV-Nano Series KV-N60AT CPU Direct RS232 Setting Your owner cable ◎Network System configuration Series CPU Link Module Connect Type KV-5000 KV-5000 CPU Direct Ethernet KV-7000 KV-7500 CPU Direct Ethernet - 154 - Parameter Setting Cable Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Serial Communication Setting Keyence KV-16DT protocol Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0 Keyence KV-1000 protocol Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0 Keyence KV-3000 protocol Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0(Don’t support station No.) - 155 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Keyence KV-N60AT protocol Default communication parameters， 9600bps, 8，even， 1,；station NO：0 RS232 PLC setting 1. In the [Confirm unit setting information] dialog box click [Yes], and the [Unit Editor] window will display. On the [Select unit] tab, from the displayed list of units select “KV-N60”, then drag &drop to the unit placement area. Configure the setup items as follows. Operation Mode: KV STUDIO mode; Baud Rate: 9600 bps. Note: 1. Timer and counter register must be programmed in the KV STUDIO software before it be used in the HMI. 2. If the communication is slower, you can change the baud rate and the Protocol time out 1(ms) ◎Network Communication Setting - 156 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Keyence KV-5000/7000 EtherNet Slave protocol HMI Setting PLC configuration 1. "Editor" window, click [Configure unit] in the "[0] KV-5000 R30000" to modify the IP address of the PLC, PLC and PC in the same segment, modify the IP address of the test shown, click [confirm] to save the modifications 2. Switch to the "Monitor" window to see the changes of the figure will pop up window, Click [PLC transfer -> Monitor mode (T)], pop-up "transmission program [communication goals: KV-5000 path: USB]", Click [implementation], content writing, once again view the "[0] KV-5000 R30000" in the PLC's IP address in the "Monitor" window [unit configuration], This indicates that the address has been modified over. ◎Supported Device KV-16DT Device Bit Address Word Address Format Counter_contact0- 59915 ------ DDDDD Timer_contact0- 65535 ------ DDDDD High speed counter CTH_contact0- 511 ------ DDD High speed counter Comparator CTC_contact0- 511 ------ DDD ------ DDDDD Counter current Relay0- 32766 ------ Counter_current0- 3915 DDDD Counter preset ------ Counter_preset0- 65535 DDDDD Timer current ------ Timer_current0- 65534 DDDDD Timer preset ------ Timer_preset0- 11998 DDDDD High speed counter ------ CTH_current0- 65534 DDDDD High speed counter ------ CTH_preset0- 32766 DDDDD Counter Relay Timer Relay Relay - 157 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller High speed counter Comparator ------ CTC_current0-65534 DDDDD High speed counter Comparator ------ CTC_preset0- 32766 DDDDD Data memory ------ DM0- 32766 DDDDD TM0- 32766 DDDDD -----Temporary data memory Note: Non-supported batch transfer of bits or words for this protocol. KV-1000 Device Bit Address Word Address Format Relay R0-59915 ------ DDDDD Control Relay CR0-3915 ------ DDDD Internal auxiliary relay MR0-65535 ------ DDDDD Latch Relay LR0-65535 ------ ------ DDDDD DM0-65534 DDDDD Control Memory ------ CM0-11998 DDDDD Temporary data memory ------ TM0-511 DDD Extended Data memory ------ EM0-65534 DDDDD Extended Data memory ------ FM0-32766 DDDDD Data Memory Notes KV-3000 Device Bit Address Word Address Format Relay R0-999.15 ------ DDD.DD Control Relay CR0-39.15 ------ DD.DD Internal auxiliary relay MR0-999.15 ------ DDD.DD Latch Relay LR0-999.15 ------ DDD.DD Data Memory ------ DM0-65534 DDDDD Control Memory ------ CM0-5999 DDDD Temporary data memory ------ TM0-511 DDD Extended Data memory ------ EM0-65534 DDDDD Notes -----FM0-32767 DDDDD Extended Data memory Note: PLC bit address without a decimal point in the distinction, in fact, the last two addresses corresponding to the fractional part, makes a distinction between the touch screen. - 158 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Example, PLC which corresponds to R009, the touch screen address is R0.09; PLC which corresponds to R015, the touch screen address is R0.15. KV-5000/7000 Device Bit Address Word Address Format Relay R0-999.15 ------ DDD.DD Control Relay CR0-79.15 ------ DD.DD Internal auxiliary relay MR0-999.15 ------ DDD.DD Latch Relay LR0-999.15 ------ DDD.DD Timer T0~3999 ------ DDDD Counter C0~3999 ------ DDDD Timer(Setting Value) ------ TS0~3999 DDDD Timer(Current Value) ------ TC0~3999 DDDD Counter(Setting Value) ------ CS0~3999 DDDD Counter(Current Value) ------ CC0~3999 DDDD Data Memory ------ DM0-65534 DDDDD Control Memory ------ CM0-5999 DDDD Temporary data memory ------ TM0-511 DDD Extended Data memory ------ EM0-65534 DDDDD Notes -----FM0-32767 DDDDD Extended Data memory Note: PLC bit address without a decimal point in the distinction, in fact, the last two addresses - 159 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller corresponding to the fractional part, makes a distinction between the touch screen. KV-N60AT Device Bit Address Word Address Format Relay R0-599.15 ------ DDD.DD Control Relay CR0-89.15 ------ DD.DD Internal auxiliary relay MR0-599.15 ------ DDD.DD Latch Relay LR0-199.15 ------ DDD.DD Link Relay B0-1FFF ------ HHHH Work Relay VB0-1FFF ------- HHHH Counter ------ C0-255 DDD Timer ------ T0-511 DDD Data Memory ------ DM0-32767 DDDDD Control Memory ------ CM0-8999 DDDD Temporary data memory ------ TM0-511 DDD Link register ------ W0-3FFF HHHH Working memory ------ VW0-9999 DDDDD ◎Cable Diagram KV Series RS232 communication cable Ethernet communication protocol cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.40 Koyo Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver KOYO DIRECT SM24-T RS232 on the CPU unit Koyo Direct DL06 DL105 RS232 on the port1 - 160 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller DL230 DL240 DL250 DL350 DL450 RS232\RS422 on the port2 ◎System configuration Series KOYO DIRECT CPU Link Module SM24-T RS232 on the CPU unit DL05 DL06 DL105 DL230 DL240 DL250 DL350 DL450 RS232 on the port1 COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the port2 ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input I(X)0-477 ------ OOO Output Q(Y)0-477 ------ OOO variable M(C)0-377 ------ OOO Timer Status T(T)0-177 ------ OOO Counter Status C(CT)0-177 ------ OOO Data Register ------ R(V)0-7777 OOOO PLC software setting 1. The security password function must be disabled. 2. The COM port must adopt K sequence protocol. 3. Set the switch of the CPU with working mode setting switch to the TERM state. ◎Communication Setting KOYO series RS232 communication setting - 161 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller KOYO series RS485 communication setting KOYO DL06 series RS422 communication setting ◎Cable Diagram - 162 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller KOYO SM24-T series RS232 communication cable KOYO SM24-T series RS485 communication cable KOYO DL06 series RS232 communication cable HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller PORT2 15 pin SVGA terminal (male) com0/com1 com2 8 TX 3 TX 2 RX 7 RX 5 GND 5 GND 3 RX 2 TX 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS KOYO DL06 series RS422 communication cable - 163 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.41 KTC Srdlink ◎Serial Communication Series CPU SRD SRD2211 COM Link Module Driver RS232 on CPU unit RS485 on CPU unit KTC SRDLINK RS232 on CPU unit COM2023 RS485 on CPU unit ◎System configuration Series CPU SRD SRD2211 COM COM2023 Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting KTC RS232 communication - 164 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller KTC RS485-2 communication NOTE: Must modify communication parameter in the programming software. ◎Supported Device Please refer to the PLC manual for details. ◎Cable Diagram KTC RS232 communication cable Direct connect (cable by KTC Corporation) - 165 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller KTC RS485 communication cable 4.42 KYL Slave ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver KYL Slave KYL RS232 on the CPU unit KYL Slave ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable KYL Slave KYL RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting RS232 - 166 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Group close instruction LB0 ------ DD Remote valve open operation LB1 ------ DD Remote valve close operation LB2 ------ DD Remote valve address set operation LB3 ------ DD Set gain cunrrent state LB4 ------ DD flase valve open LB8 ------ DD flase valve close LB9 ------ DD valve open feedback LB10 ------ DD valve close feedback LB11 ------ DD valve uncap alarm LB12 ------ DD valve hypopiesis alarm LB13 ------ DD Show current valve state LB14 ------ DD Show valve state LB15 ------ DD Group close instruction LB17 ------ DD Remote valve open operation LB18 ------ DD Remote valve close operation LB19 ------ DD Remote valve address set operation LB20 ------ DD Set gain cunrrent state LB24 ------ DD flase valve open LB25 ------ DD flase valve close LB26 ------ DD valve open feedback LB27 ------ DD valve close feedback LB28 ------ DD valve uncap alarm LB29 ------ DD valve hypopiesis alarm LB30 ------ DD - 167 - Notes Station:1; LB address Staion:2, LB address(LB is on the base of 1station+16) 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Show current valve state LB31 ------ DD ◎Cable Diagram RS232 4.43 LENZE Inverter ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver Lenze Lecom A/B EVF9323-EV RS232 on the CPU unit Lenze Lecom_AB ◎System configuration Series Lenze Lecom A/B CPU EVF9323-EV Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting Lecom AB RS232 communication Lecom AB RS485 communication - 168 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Refer to the PLC software for details；Global drive control Note：code_H: Data type is HEX code_F: Data type is Floating code_D: Data type is Decimal ◎Cable Diagram Lecom AB RS232 communication cable HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal 9 pin D-SUB (male) com0/com1 com2 2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD 3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD 5 GND 5 GND 5 GND Lecom AB RS485 communication cable - 169 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.44 LS Industrial Systems（LG） ◎Serial Communication Series Master-K CPU Type Link Module K120S K7M-DR10UE K7M-DR20U K7M-DT30U K7M-DT40U K7M-DT60U Port1 on CPU unit Port2 on CPU unit K200S K3P-07AS RS232 on the CPU unit Driver LS Master-K CPU Direct LS Master-K Cnet LS Master-K Modbus RTU XGT XGK-CPUH RS232 on the CPU unit LS XBC/XGK CPU Direct XGB XBC-DN64H XBC-DR32H XBC-DR40EB XBC-DN30S Built-in RS-232C/RS-485 LS XBC/XGK Cnet XEC-DN20SU XEC-DR32H XEC-DN32UA RS232 on the CPU unit LS XEC CPU Direct Built-in RS-232C/RS-485 LS XEC CPU Cnet RS232 on the CPU unit GM6 GLOFA G6L-CUEB G6L-CUEC GM RS232 on the CPU unit LS GLOFA Cnet G7L-CUEB GM7 G7L-CUEC iG5A SV008iG5A-2 RS485-2on the CPU unit LS iG5A SV004IG5-1 RS485 on the CPU unit LS iG5 C100 LV0002C100-2N RS485-2on the CPU unit LS C100 Series Inverter iGxA SV008IGXA-4 RS485-2on the CPU unit LS iGxA Series Inverter SV0550-0750iS7-4 RS485-2on the CPU unit LS iS7 Series Inverter LV0004S100-4EONNS RS485-2on the CPU unit LS S100 Series Inverter iG5 Inverter iS7 S100 The difference of LS Master-K CPU Direct、LS Master-K Cnet、LS Master-K Modbus RTU Protocol PLC Setting Communication Mode Multi-station Baud(bps) LS Master-K Cnet Switch the DIP2 to be ON, DIP1 to be OFF RS232/RS485 support 9600/19200 /38400 LS Master-K MODBUS RTU Switch the DIP2 to be ON, DIP1 to be OFF RS232/RS485 support 9600/19200 /38400 LS Master-K CPU Direct Switch the DIP1 and DIP2 to be OFF RS232 non-support 38400 ◎Ethernet communication Series GLOFA CPU GM6-CPUA Link Module G6L-EUTP - 170 - Driver LS GLOFA FEnet 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller XGT XGK-CPUE XGL-EFMT LS XGT Ethernet XGB XBC-DR60SU XBL-EMTA LS XBC FEnet Slave ◎Serial System Configuration Series CPU K7M-DR10UE K120S K7M-DR20U Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable Port1 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable Port2 on CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable Port1 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable Port2 on CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable K200S K3P-07AS RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable XGT XGK-CPUH RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable Built-in RS-232C RS232 Setting Your owner cable XGB XBC-DN64H XBC-DR32H XBC-DR40EB XBC-DN30S Built-in RS-485 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable XEC-DN20SU XEC-DR32H XEC-DN32UA RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable Built-in RS-232C RS232 Setting Your owner cable Built-in RS-485 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS422/RS485 Setting Your owner cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable G7L-CUEC RS422/RS485 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the CPU unit GM6 G6L-CUEB G6L-CUEC GLOFA RS232 on the CPU unit GM7 G7L-CUEB iG5A SV008iG5A-2 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable iG5 SV004IG5-1 R485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable C100 LV0002C100-2 N on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable ◎Ethernet System Configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter GLOFA GM6-CPUA ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting XGT XGK-CPUE XGL-EFMT ETH Setting XGB XBC-DR60SU XBL-EMTA ETH Setting ◎Serial Communication Setting LS Master-K Cnet protocol Default communication: 38400, 8, none , 1; station:1 HMI Setting RS232 communication - 171 - Cable Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485 communication PLC setting If click “Connect+Write+Run+Monitor Start”, it will give a “Cannot Change PLC Mode”. Need to let the run light go out by manual control, and then download. After download, let the run light keep on. - 172 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller LS Master-K CPU Direct protocol HMI Setting Default communication: 38400, 8, none , 1; station:1 RS232 communication NOTE: Only support 38400 baud rate for the protocol LS Master-K Modbus RTU protocol HMI Setting Default communication: 38400, 8, none , 1; station:1 RS232 communication PLC Setting - 173 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller If click “Connect+Write+Run+Monitor Start”, it will give a “Cannot Change PLC Mode”. Need to let the run light go out by manual control, and then download. After download, let the run light keep on. LS XBC/XGK CPU Direct protocol Default communication: 115200, 8, none, 1; station: 0 RS232 communication NOTE: Only support 115200 baud rate for the protocol; station number disable. LS XBC/XGK Cnet protocol Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 0 HMI Setting RS232 communication - 174 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485-2 communication PLC Setting 1. “Tools”---“Network Manager” set communication - 175 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. Communicating in the OPR mode LS XEC CPU Direct HMI Setting Default communication parameters: 115200bps, 8, 1, none; PLC station No.:0 NOTE:Only support 115200 baud rate for the protocol; station number disable. LS XEC Cnet protocol HMI Setting Default communication parameters: 9600bps, 8, 1, none; PLC station No.:0 - 176 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting 1.PLC parameter settings:[Tools]-[Network Manager]. 2. In the pop-up window “XG-PD”, creat a new file, select the correct CPU kind. 3.Double click the [ 00:Embedded Cnet], in the pop-up window “Standard Settings-Cnet” to set communication. - 177 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller LS GLOFA Cnet protocol Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 0 HMI Setting RS232 communication RS485-4 communication - 178 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting 1. Set the parameters of CPU module Open GMWIN, “Parameters””Basic Parameters” set “Communication”: 2. Set the parameters of module Take G6L-CUEC for example, Open GMWIN, select ”Tool””Cnet Frame Editor”, - 179 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller As G6L-CUEC is RS422/485 module, the channel should be selected “RS422 side”. After set the parameters, click ”Online””Connect”, and then click ”Online””Write” after the communication is built, pay attention to choose the correct Slot No.. The Slot No. is the I/O slot position where the communication module is. For example, G6L-CUEC is plugged in the I/O 1, the Slot No. should be selected SLOT 1. NOTE: Be sure to put the switch of the module to 9 (ON-LINE) position when communicating. LS ig5A Protocol HMI Setting Default communication: 9600bps,8,none,1;PLC station:1 PLC Setting Settings panel display I59 Parameter Addr A43B directions Protocol 0 Modbus RTU 1 LS BUS I60 A43C Station 1-250 I61 A43D Baud Rate 0 1200[bps] 1 2400[bps] 2 4800[bps] - 180 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller I65 A441 Parity Check 3 9600[bps] 4 19200[bps] 0 none，stop bit:1 1 none，stop bit:2 2 even，stop bit:1 3 odd，stop bit:1 The controller also supports the standard Modbus RTU protocol , set the agreement with LS ig5A. LS Ig5 Protocol HMI Setting Default communication：9600bps，8，none，1；station：1 PLC Setting Setting in operation panel： Code Name Display Range Unit Factory setting Change I/O-46 Inverter No. I46 1 to 32 1 1 yes I/O-47 Baud rate I47 0：1200bps 1：2400bps 2：4800bps 3：9600bps 4：19200bps I/O-50 Communication protocol I50 0：LS-BUS 1-6：MODBUS ASCII 7-9：MODBUS-RTU - 3：9600bps 7 Note： Setting communication protocol in operation panel(0：LS-BUS),when use inverter LS C100 Series Inverter Protocol - 181 - yes yes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller HMI Setting Default communication:9600bps, 8，non，1；station：1 （Attention， parity check ：non ，no modification） RS485 ◎Ethernet Communication Setting LS GLOFA FEnet protocol GM6-CPU Setting HMI Setting PLC Setting 1. Modify the parameters of PLC: “Tools””Enet Frame Editor”, set the type as “FENET”: - 182 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: Modify the IP address only via serial communication, and in the offline. 2. On the “Enet Editor” and select “Edit”, set the PLC series and IP address 3. On the “Option” and select “COM Port”, set the serial port of PC 4. Download: “Online””Connect””Write” XGK-CPUE Setting - 183 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller HMI setting PLC setting 1. PLC parameter settings: [Tools] - [ network management ] , in the pop-up window XG-PD , create a new file , select the correct CPU kind . 2. Double click the [ base 00 ], in the pop-up window [communication module Settings], select the category FEnet . - 184 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 3. Double click the FEnet, in the pop-up window [ Standard Settings] to set the IP address and drive . LS XBC FEnet Slave HMI Setting - 185 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting 1.Open XG5000,new project aaa,choosing the right CPU ; 2.PLC parameter setting（IP setting）： A.【Tools】→【Network Manager】,new project bbb in XG-PD,choosing the right CPU; - 186 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller B.Right click【Base00】→【Add Communication Module】，Select FEnet; C.Setting IP and Driver in【Standard Settings】; 3.Setting OK，writer parameters to PLC; ◎Supported Device LS Master-K CPU Direct Device Bit Address Word Address Format I/O Relay P 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H Auxiliary Relay M 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H Link Relay L 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H Keep Relay K 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H Special Relay F 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H Counter C 0-255 ------ DDD Timer T 0-255 ------ DDD I/O Relay ------ P 0-255 DDD Auxiliary Relay ------ M 0-255 - 187 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Link Relay ------ L 0-255 Keep Relay ------ K 0-255 Special Relay ------ F 0-255 S ------ S 0-255 Timer ------ T 0-255 DDDD Counter ------ C 0-256 DDDD Data Register ------ D 0-9999 DDDD NOTE：F address: 01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the HMI; F address: 2A in the PLC corresponds to 2.A in the HMI. Other register addresses, and so on. LS Master K-cnet Device Bit Address Word Address Format I/O Relay P 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H Auxiliary Relay M 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H Link Relay L 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H Keep Relay K 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H Special Relay F 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H Counter C 0-255 ------ DDD Timer T 0-255 ------ DDD I/O Relay ------ P 0-255 DDD Auxiliary Relay ------ M 0-255 DDD Link Relay ------ L 0-255 DDD Keep Relay ------ K 0-255 DDD Special Relay ------ F 0-255 DDD S ------ S 0-255 DDD Timer ------ T 0-255 DDDD Counter ------ C 0-256 DDDD Data Register ------ D 0-9999 DDDD Device Bit Address Word Address Format I/O Relay P 0.0-1023.F ------ DDD.H Auxiliary Relay M 0.0-1023.F ------ DDD.H Link Relay L 0.0-2047.F ------ DDD.H Keep Relay K 0.0-4095.F ------ DDD.H Special Relay F 0.0-1023.F ------ DDD.H Timer ------ T 0-255 DDD Counter ------ C 0-255 DDD Notes LS Modbus RTU - 188 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Data Register ------ D 0-9999 DDDD LS XGT_Cnet Device Bit Address Word Address Format File Relay R_bit 0.0-10239.F ------ DDDDD.H Data Relay D_bit 0.0-10239.F ------ DDDDD.H Communication Relay N_bit 0.0-5119.F ------ DDDD.H Link Relay L_bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H Index Relay Z_bit 0.0-624.F ------ DDD.H Counter Contact Relay C_bit 0-9999 ------ DDDD Timer Contact Relay T_bit 0-9999 ------ DDDD Special Relay F_bit 0.0-1023.F ------ DDDD.H Keep Relay K_bit 0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.H Auxiliary Relay M_bit 0.0-1023.F ------ DDDD.H I/O Relay P_bit 0.0-1023.F ------ DDDD.H File Register ------ R_word 0-10239 DDDDD Data Register ------ D_ word 0-10239 DDDDD Communication Register ------ N_ word 0-9999 DDDD Link Register ------ L_ word 0-9999 DDDD Step Control Register ------ S_ word 0-9999 DDDD Index Register ------ Z_ word 0-9999 DDDD Counter ------ C_ word 0-9999 DDDD Timer ------ T_ word 0-9999 DDDD Special Register ------ F_ word 0-9999 DDDD Keep Register ------ K_ word 0-9999 DDDD Auxiliary Register ------ M_ word 0-9999 DDDD I/O Register ------ P_ word 0-9999 DDDD NOTE: Register T_bit and C_bit can not communicate batch LS XBC/XGK CPU Direct Device Bit Address Word Address Format File Relay R_bit 0.0-10239.F ------ DDDDD.H Data Relay D_bit 0.0-10239.F ------ DDDDD.H Communication Relay N_bit 0.0-5119.F ------ DDDD.H Link Relay L_bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H Index Relay Z_bit 0.0-624.F ------ DDD.H ZR_bit 0.0-10239.F ------ DDDDD.H - 189 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Counter Contact Relay C_bit 0-9999 ------ DDDD Timer Contact Relay T_bit 0-9999 ------ DDDD Special Relay F_bit 0.0-1023.F ------ DDDD.H Keep Relay K_bit 0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.H Auxiliary Relay M_bit 0.0-1023.F ------ DDDD.H I/O Relay P_bit 0.0-1023.F ------ DDDD.H File Register ------ R 0-10239 DDDDD Data Register ------ D 0-10239 DDDDD Communication Register ------ N 0-9999 DDDD Link Register ------ L 0-9999 DDDD Step Control Register ------ S 0-9999 DDDD Index Register ------ Z 0-9999 DDDD ------ ZR 0-10239 DDDDD Counter Set Value ------ C_ SV 0-9999 DDDD Timer Set Value ------ T_ SV 0-9999 DDDD Counter Current Value ------ C_ CV 0-9999 DDDD Timer Current Value ------ T_ CV 0-9999 DDDD Special Register ------ F 0-9999 DDDD Keep Register ------ K 0-9999 DDDD Auxiliary Register ------ M 0-9999 DDDD I/O Register ------ P 0-9999 DDDD LS XBC/XGK CPU Direct Device Bit Address Word Address Format A_Bit 0.0-8191.F ------- DDDD.H F_Bit 0.0-1023.F ------- DDDD.H W_Bit 0.0-10239.F ------- DDDDD.H R_Bit 0.0-10239.F ------- DDDDD.H Special module Relay U_Bit 0.0-511.F ------- DDD.H Keep Relay K_Bit 0.0-4095.F ------- DDDD.H Link Relay L_Bit 0.0-2047.F ------- DDDD.H Auxiliary Relay M_Bit 0.0-4095.F ------- DDDD.H Output Relay Q_Bit 0.0-1023.F ------- DDDD.H Input Relay I_Bit 0.0-1023.F ------- DDDD.H ------- A 0-8191 DDDD ------- F 0-1023 DDDD ------- W 0-10239 DDDDD File Register ------- R 0-10239 DDDDD Special module Register ------- U 0-511 DDD Keep Register ------- K 0-4095 DDDD Special Relay File Relay Special Register - 190 - Same area with R 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Link Register ------- L 0-2047 DDDD Auxiliary Reguster ------- M 0-4095 DDDD Output Register ------- Q 0-1023 DDDD ------- I 0-1023 DDDD Input Register LS XEC CPU Direct Device Bit Address Word Address Format A_Bit 0-262143 ------- DDDDDD F_Bit 0-16383 ------- DDDDD W_Bit 0-163839 ------- DDDDDD R_Bit 0-163839 ------- DDDDDD Communication Relay N_Bit 0-81919 ------- DDDDD Special module Relay U_Bit 0-8191 ------- DDDD Keep Relay K_Bit 0-65535 ------- DDDDD Link Relay L_Bit 0-32767 ------- DDDDD M_Bit 0-131071 ------- DDDDDD Output Relay Q_Bit 0-16383 ------- DDDDD Input Relay I_Bit 0-16383 ------- DDDDD ------- A 0-16383 DDDDD ------- F 0-1023 DDDD ------- W 0-10239 DDDDD File Register ------- R 0-10239 DDDDD Communication Register ------- N 0-5119 DDDD Special module Register ------- U 0-511 DDD Keep Register ------- K 0-4095 DDDD Link Register ------- L 0-2047 DDDD Auxiliary Reguster ------- M 0-8191 DDDD Output Register ------- Q 0-1023 DDDD Input Register ------- I 0-1023 DDDD Bit Address Word Address Format A_Bit 0-524287 ------- DDDDDD F_Bit 0-32767 ------- DDDDD W_Bit 0-524287 ------- DDDDDD File Relay R_Bit 0-262143 ------- DDDDDD Special module Relay U_Bit 0-15511 ------- DDDDD Keep Relay K_Bit 0-131071 ------- DDDDD Special Relay File Relay Auxiliary Relay Special Register Same area with R LS XEC Cnet Device Special Relay - 191 - Same area with R 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller L_Bit 0-65535 ------- DDDDD Auxiliary Relay M_Bit 0-262143 ------- DDDDDD Communication Relay N_Bit 0-163839 ------- DDDDD Output Relay Q_Bit 0-151563 ------- DDDDDD Input Relay I_Bit 0-151563 ------- DDDDDD ------- A 0-32767 DDDDD ------- F 0-2047 DDDD ------- W 0-32767 DDDDD File Register ------- R 0-16383 DDDDD Special module Register ------- U 0-1531 DDDD Keep Register ------- K 0-8191 DDDD Communication Register ------- N 0-10239 DDDD Link Register ------- L 0-4095 DDDD Auxiliary Reguster ------- M 0-16383 DDDD Output Register ------- Q 0-15153 DDDDD Input Register ------- I 0-15153 DDDDD Link Relay Special Register 1. The address format of %UX is D.DD.DDD (0.0.0-0.15.511) in the PLC, it correspond to DDDDD (0-15511) in the HMI. And the %UX 0.m.n in the PLC is U_Bit m*512+n in the HMI. For example, Internal address: %UX 0.1.0 in the PLC correspond to U_Bit 512 in the HMI Internal address: %UX 0.15.511 in the PLC correspond to U_Bit 8191 in the HMI Similarly, the %UW 0.0.0-0.15.511 in the PLC correspond to U_Word 0-1531 in the HMI. The %UW 0.m.n in the PLC is U_Word m*32+n. For example, Internal address: %UW 0.1.0 in the PLC correspond to U_Word 32 in the HMI Internal address: %UW 0.15.31 in the PLC correspond to U_Word 511 in the HMI 2. The address format of %QX/IX is DD.DD.DD (0.0.0-15.15.63) in the PLC, it correspond to DDDDDD (0-151563) in the HMI. And the %QX/IX a.b.c in the PLC is Q_Bit/I_Bit a*1024+b*64+c in the HMI. For example, Internal address: %QX/IX 0.1.0 in the PLC correspond to Q_Bit/I_Bit 64 in the HMI Internal address: %QX/IX 15.15.63 in the PLC correspond to Q_Bit/I_Bit 16383 in the HMI Similarly, the %QW/IW 0.0.0-15.15.3 in the PLC correspond to Q_Word/I_Word 0-15153 in the HMI. The %QW/IW a.b.c in the PLC is Q_Word/I_Word a*64+b*4+c. For example, Internal address: %QW/IW 0.1.0 in the PLC correspond to Q_Word/I_Word 4 in the HMI - 192 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Internal address: %QW/IW 15.15.63 in the PLC correspond to Q_Word/I_Word 1023 in the HMI LS GLOFA Cnet Device Bit Address Word Address Format Buffer Memory(Bit) MX0-32767 ------ DDDDD Output(Bit) QX0-1763 ------ DDDD Input(Bit) IX0-1763 ------ DDDD Buffer Memory(Dword) ------ MD0-16368 DDDDD Output(Dword) ------ QD0.0-17.1 DD.D Input(Dword) ------ ID0.0-17.1 DD.D Buffer Memory(Word) ------ MW0-32767 DDDDD Output(Word) ------ QW0.0-17.3 DD.D Input(Word) ------ IW0.0-17.3 DD.D Device Bit Address Word Address Format Buffer Memory(Bit) MX0-131056 ------ DDDDD Output(Bit) QX0-1763 ------ DDDD Input(Bit) IX0-1763 ------ DDDD Buffer Memory(Dword) ------ MD0-4095 DDDD Output(Dword) ------ QD0.0-17.1 DD.D Input(Dword) ------ ID0.0-17.1 DD.D Buffer Memory(Word) ------ MW0-8191 DDDD Output(Word) ------ QW0.0-17.3 DD.D Input(Word) ------ IW0.0-17.3 DD.D Notes LS GLOFA FEnet Notes NOTE: 1. The address format of %QX\IX is DD.D.DD (00.0.00~63.7.63) in the PLC, it correspond to DD D DD (0~63763) in the HMI; Note that put 0 before the address if the address is less than two bits. For example, Internal address : %QX\IX 0.3.1 in the PLC correspond to QX\IX 301 in the HMI; Internal address : %QX\IX 1.4.63 in the PLC correspond to QX\IX 1463 in the HMI; 2. The address format of %QD\ID is D.D.D (0.0.0~1.7.1) in the PLC, it correspond to D D.D (0.0~17.1) in the HMI; For example, Internal address : %QD\ID 0.3.1 in the PLC correspond to QD\ID 3.1 in the HMI; Internal address : %QD\ID 1.5.1 in the PLC correspond to QD\ID 15.1 in the HMI; 3. The address format of %QW\IW is D.D.D (0.0.0~1.7.3) in the PLC, it correspond to D D.D (0.0~17.3) in the HMI; For example, Internal address : %QW\IW 0.3.1 in the PLC correspond to QW\IW 3.1 in the HMI; Internal address : %QW\IW 1.5.3 in the PLC correspond to QW\IW 15.3 in the HMI; - 193 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller LS iG5A protocol Device Bits Words Bit Address Word Address Format AB 0.0-65535.F ------- DDDDD ------- AW 0-65535 DDDDD 1、The representation of address is hexadecimal in the Inverter User's Manual , used in the project must be converted to decimal.Such as universal domain address 0000 corresponds to AW0，The address of the function list A100 corresponds NOTE: AW41216. 2、Register more than eight consecutive addresses will not be properly read. 3、Some address may affect the surrounding register read, should used separately： H8 and H10，H42 and H44,do not show put together H20，H30，H36，H37，H42，H50，H51，H52，H70，H90 F30，F37，F60，I27，I57 MODUS RTU protocol（support LS iG5A） Device Bit Address Word Address Format Read Holding Registers ------- 3X 1-65535 DDDDD Read Input Registers ------- 4X 1-65535 DDDDD NOTE: Inverter address converted to decimal, the address of the function list A100 corresponds AW41216. Modbus address starting from 1, the general field of 0000 address is inaccessible. LS C100 Series Inverter protocol Device Bit Address Word Address Format Driver ------ Fbr 0 D ------ rEF 0 D ------ Fra 0 D ------ drv2 0 D ------ drC 0 D ------ nOn 0 D ------ vOL 0 D ------ dCL 0 D ------ rPM 0 D ------ CUr 0 D ------ St3 0 D ------ St2 0 D ------ St1 0 D ------ Frq 0 D ------ drv 0 D ------ dEC 0 D - 194 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ------ ACC 0 D ------ DRIVER_0 0 D I/O ------ I 0-87 DD Funcation 1 ------ F0-72 DD Funcation 2 ------ H0-95 DD LS XBC FEnet Slave protocol Device Bit Address Word Address Format I/O Relay P_Bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H Link Relay Counter Contact Relay L_Bit 0.0-11263.F ------ DDDDD.H C_Bit 0-2047 ------ DDDD Timer Contact Relay T_Bit 0-2047 ------ DDDD Special Relay F_Bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H Keep Relay K_Bit 0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.H Auxiliary Relay M_Bit 0-8191.F ------ DDDD.H Analog Data ------ U_Word 0.00-127.31 DDD.DD ------ ZR_Word 0-65535 DDDDD File Register ------ R_Word 0-32767 DDDDD Data Register ------ D_Word 0-32767 DDDDD Communication Register ------ N_Word 0-21503 DDDDD Counter Register ------ C_Word 0-2047 DDDD Timer Register ------ T_Word 0-2047 DDDD Link Register ------ L_Word 0-11263 DDDDD Step Control Register ------ S_Word 0-127 DDD Index Register ------ Z_Word 0-127 DDD Special Register ------ F_Word 0-2047 DDDD Keep Register ------ K_Word 0-4095 DDDD Auxiliary Register ------ M_Word 0-2047 DDDD I/O Register ------ P_Word 0-2047 DDDD ◎Cable Diagram LS Master-K Cnet/ LS Master-K Modbus RTU protocol RS232 communication cable - 195 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485-2 communication cable LS Master-K CPU Direct protocol RS232 communication cable LS XBC/XGK/XEC CPU Direct protocol RS232 communication cable LS XBC/XGK/XEC Cnet protocol RS232 programming cable - 196 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS232 communication cable RS485 communication cable LS GLOFA Cnet protocol RS232 communication cable RS422 communication cable - 197 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: Be sure to put the switch of the module to 9 (ON-LINE) position when communicating. LS iG5A protocol Ethernet Cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. LS C100 Series Inverter protocol 4.45 LUST ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver CDE34.008 CDE34.008 RS232 on the CPU unit LustBus ◎Network communication (direct online simulation disable) Series CPU Link Module Driver ServoOne junior Lust ETH on the CPU Lust Ethernet Slave - 198 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Serial System configuration Series CDE34.008 CPU Link Module COM Type CDE34.008 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Parameter Setting Cable Your owner cable ◎Network System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable ServoOne junior Lust ETH on the CPU ETH Setting Your owner cable ◎Serial Communication Setting Lustbus RS232 default communication: 57600, 7, even, 1; station: 1 ◎Network Communication Setting HMI Setting - 199 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller The way to change IP of Servo drive system Plug the 24-volt power supply on the X2, plug the network cable on the X9. Refer to the map, press the T1 or T2 to modify the IP - 200 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Parameter Initial IP Modified IP b3 b2 b1 b0 int 192 168 39 5 hex C0 A8 27 05 int 192 168 100 240 hex C0 A8 64 F0 b3 b2 b1 b0 int 192 168 39 5 hex C0 A8 27 05 int 192 168 100 240 hex C0 A8 64 F0 Parameter Initial IP Modified IP The following description of specific processes, after the servo power D1 D2 5. 1. Press key T1 of about 1s D1 D2 P R Press key T1 of about 1s D1 D2 I P Press key T2 of about 1s - 201 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller D1 D2 l u Press key T2 of about 1s D1 D2 b 0 Press key T2 of about 1s D1 D2 b 0 1s at about T2 button to display the value of d0, the initial value is 05 D1 D2 0 5 Press T1, respectively, and T2, you can adjust the value of b0, After release, while at T1 and T2 key until the display or can be, Then press and T1 and T2, also show b0, then press the key T1 of about 1s,can switch to b2, empathy can be modified the value of b2, b3, b4, modify the good, the same press T1 and T2 until display “or” (where press T1 and T2 at the same time is the key to save and exit). Well, after the change, restart the power, and then ping. After the software is connected ◎Supported Device - 202 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller CDE34.008 Refer to the Controller software for details: DriveManager for c-line drives ServoOne junior Device Bit Address Word Address Format Array_DWord32 ———— 0.00000-32767.65535 DDDDD.DDDDD Array_DWord16 ———— 0.00000-32767.65535 DDDDD.DDDDD DWord32 ———— 0-32767 DDDDD Word16 ———— 0-32767 DDDDD Notes Note: Array_DWord32/Array_DWord16 the address format is the primary address + decimal point + sub-address, such as the address for the save as shown below, the main address is 11, sub-address is 0, the data type is int16, then the touch screen corresponding to the address is Array_DWord16 11.00000. The primary address is 11, sub-address is 1, the data type is int16, then the touch screen corresponding to the address is Array_DWord16 11.00001. In addition, INT8 address, select Word16, but also through the conversion can be displayed, as should show -3, while the display 253, which can be done in the macro data conversion, so 253-256 = -3, that is in need of special address type conversion . ◎Cable Diagram Lustbus RS232 communication cable - 203 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Ethernet communication protocol cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.46 Memory map ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver BMS005A-MC11 BMS005A-MC11 RS422 on the CPU unit MemoryMap(Master-Slave) ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable BMS005A-MC11 BMS005A-MC11 RS422 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting Default communication: 57600, 8, none, 1; station: 1 PLC Setting Please refer to the manual of PLC for the configuration. ◎Supported Device - 204 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Device Bit Address Word Address Format LW.B 8000.0-8999.15 -------- DDDD.DD -------- LW8000-8999 DDDD ◎Cable Diagram 4.47 MEGMEET ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver MEGMEET MC280 MC280-1616BTA4 RS232 on the CPU unit MEGMEET MC Series ◎ Serial Communication Parameters and Cables Production Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable MEGMEET MC280 MC280-1616 BTA4 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎ Serial Communication Parameters HMI Setting Default communication:9600bps, 8，even，1；station：1 RS232 - 205 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485 PLC Setting 1.Open X_builder,New project，select PLC type（MC280） - 206 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2.Open System block→Comm Port,set comm port（support Modbus） （1）Port0 setting（RS232） （2）Port1andPort2 setting（RS485） - 207 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Notes：Using X_builder，Main routine cannot be empty ◎ Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Input Relay X 0-377 ------ OOO R Output Relay Y 0-377 ------ OOO Internal Relay M 0-10239 ------ DDDDD Special Relay SM 0-511 ------ DDD Step Relay S 0-4095 ------ DDDD Timer Relay T_BIT 0-511 ------ DDD Counter Relay C_BIT 0-306 ------ DDD D 0-7999 DDDD Special Register ----------- SD 0-511 DDD Index Register ------ Z 0-15 DD Timer ------ T_Word 0-511 DDD Counter ------ C_Word 0-199 DDD Counter(double word) ------ C_DWord 200-306 DDD ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD ------ R_DWord 0-32767 DDDDD Special Register(double word) ------ SD_DWord 0-511 DDD Data register(double word) ------ D_DWord 0-7999 DDDD Data register ◎ Cables Production RS232 - 208 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485 4.48 Mikom ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module MX2H MX2H-3232M Driver RS232 on the CPU unit Mikom MXxh RS485 on port ◎System configuration Series CPU MX2H MX2H-3232M Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable Port 0 RS232 Setting Your owner cable Port 1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting Default communication parameters 19200, 7, 1, even；Station：1 - 209 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input Relay X 0-777 OOO Output Relay Y 0-777 OOO Counter C_bit 0-511 DDD Timer T_bit 0-511 DDD Status Relay S 0-1535 DDDD Special Relay SM 0-511 DDD Internal Relay M 0-4095 DDDD Data register D 0-7999 DDDD Special Register(double word) SD 0-511 DDD Z 0-255 DDD Timer T_word 0-255 DDD Counter C_word 0-199 DDD Index Register NOTE: The PLC MODBUS protocol does not support double-word data type, so the protocol does not support the bulk of the word read and write . - 210 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Cable Diagram RS232 Communication RS485-2 Communication 4.49 Millenium3 ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Millenium 3 Millenium 3 Driver RS232 on the CPU unit Millenium 3 RS485 on the CPU unit ◎System configuration Series CPU Millenium 3 Millenium 3 Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting Default communication parameters 115200, 7, 1, even；Station：1 RS232 Communication: - 211 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485-2 Communication： ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Register ------ Register 0~23 DD Write only Register ------ Register 24~47 DD Read only ◎Cable Diagram RS232 - 212 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Users need to make the communication cable for M3 and HMI (region of red marquee as shown above) M3 communicate with COM0/COM1 of HMI, the cable connection is as follow: NOTE: Provide 5V DC high level for the pin 4 of M3 9-pin D-Sub. RS485-2 4.50 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series FXCPU CPU FX0S FX1S FX0N FX1N FX2 FX3S Link Module Driver CPU Direct FX□□-422-BD*3 Mitsubishi FX1S*2 3 FX□□-485-BD * FX□□-485-ADP*3 CPU Direct FX1NC FX2N FX2NC FX3SA FX2N-10GM FX2N-20GM FX3U FX3UC FX□□-422-BD*3 FX□□-485-BD*3 FX□□-485-ADP*3 FX□□-232-BD* 3 CPU Direct CPU Direct FX□□-422-BD*3 Mitsubishi FX1S*2 Mitsubishi (Multi-station) *1 FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD Mitsubishi FX 2N/3G*2 Mitsubishi FX2N/3G*2 Mitsubishi (Multi-station) *1 FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD Mitsubishi FX2N_10GM/20GM Mitsubishi FX3U*2 - 213 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller FX□□-485-BD*3 FX□□-485-ADP*3 FX□□-232-BD* Mitsubishi FX3U*2 Mitsubishi (Multi-station) *1 3 FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD FX5U-32M RS422 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi FX5U FX3G FX3GE CPU Direct Mitsubishi FX2N/3G*2 RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q00J (CPU Port) QJ71C24 QJ71C24-R2 QJ71C24N QJ71C24N-R2 QJ71C24N-R4 1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port) 2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q Q00jCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Q00CPU Q01CPU QCPU Q01UCPU Q03UDCPU Q06UDHCPU 1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port) 2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q series (CPU Port) RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q series (CPU Port) Mitsubishi Q06Hv2*4 QJ71C24 QJ71C24-R2 QJ71C24N QJ71C24N-R2 QJ71C24N-R4 1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port) 2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q Q12HCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q06Hv2*4 Q00UJCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port) Q02UCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Melsec Q Q06HCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q06H Mitsubishi Q06Hv2*4 L02CPU LJ71C24-CM L02SCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Q02CPU Q02HCPU Q25HCPU LCPU QJ71C24 QJ71C24-R2 QJ71C24N QJ71C24N-R2 QJ71C24N-R4 Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port) NOTE: 1. *1 The protocol support multi-station 2. *2 The protocol don’t support multi-station 3. *3 □□means the module that is suitable for the PLC 4. *4 The protocol support to modify the device points, only to support Q06HCPU and Q02HCPU. - 214 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Network Communication (Direct online simulation disable) Series CPU Link Module FX3GE-24M Ethernet port on CPU unit FX3U-32M FX3U-ENET-L FX5U-32MT/ES Ethernet port on CPU uni Q00CPU Q00JCPU Q01CPU Q02CPU Q02HCPU Q06HCPU Q12HCPU Q25HCPU Q03UDECPU Q04UDEHCPU Q06UDEHCPU Q13UDEHCPU Q26UDEHCPU QJ71E71 QJ71E71-B2 QJ71E71-B5 QJ71E71-100 Q02UCPU Q03UDCPU Q04UDHCPU Q06UDHCPU Q13UDHCPU Q26UDHCPU QJ71E71 QJ71E71-B2 QJ71E71-B5 QJ71E71-100 LCPU L02CPU L26CPU-BT Ethernet port on CPU unit QCPU Q03UDECPU Q04UDEHCPU Q26UDV CPU Ethernet port on CPU unit FXCPU QCPU Driver Mitsubishi FX Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) Mitsubishi FX5U Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) Mitsubishi QJ71E71 EtherNet Slave Mitsubishi QnA 3EBin Ethernet(TCP Slave) ◎ Serial System configuration Series FXCPU CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable FX0S FX1S FX0N FX1N FX2 FX3S RS485 on the CPU unit FX□□-422-BD FX1NC FX2N FX2NC RS485 on the CPU unit FX□□-422-BD RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable FX□□-485-BD RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable FX□□-485-BD FX□□-485-ADP - 215 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller FX3SA FX□□-485-ADP FX□□-232-BD RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable FX□□-485-BD FX□□-485-ADP RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable FX□□-232-BD RS232 Setting Your owner cable FX5U RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable Q00jCPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable Q00CPU Q01CPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable Q00jCPU Q00CPU Q01CPU Q02CPU Q02HCPU Q03UDCPU Q25HCPU QJ71C24 QJ71C24-R2 QJ71C24N QJ71C24N-R2 RS232 Setting Your owner cable QJ71C24 QJ71C24N QJ71C24N-R4 RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable Q00UJCPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable Q02CPU Q02HCPU Q01UCPU Q02UCPU Q03UDCPU Q06HCPU Q06UDHPU Q25HCPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable Q06HCPU Q12HCPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable L02CPU LJ71C24-CM L02SCPU RS232 on the CPU unit FX2N-10GM FX2N-20GM FX3G FX3GE FX3UC FX3U Melsec Q LCPU RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 on the CPU unit FX□□-422-BD RS232 RS485-4 RS232 Setting Setting Your owner cable Your owner cable Your owner cable ◎Network System configuration Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable FXCPU FX3GE-24M Ethernet port on CPU unit Ethernet Setting Your owner cable FX3U-32M FX3U-ENET-L FX5U-32MT/E Ethernet port on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable - 216 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Melsec Q MELSEC L QCPU S unit Q00CPU Q00JCPU Q01CPU Q02CPU Q02HCPU Q06HCPU Q12HCPU Q25HCPU Q03UDECPU Q04UDEHCPU Q06UDEHCPU Q13UDEHCPU Q26UDEHCPU QJ71E71 QJ71E71-B2 QJ71E71-B5 QJ71E71-100 Ethernet Q02UCPU Q03UDCPU Q04UDHCPU Q06UDHCPU Q13UDHCPU Q26UDHCPU QJ71E71 QJ71E71-B2 QJ71E71-B5 QJ71E71-100 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable L02CPU L26CPU-BT Ethernet port on CPU unit Ethernet Setting Your owner cable Q26UDV CPU Q04UDEHCPU Q03UDECPU Ethernet port on CPU unit Ethernet Setting Your owner cable ◎Serial Communication Setting Mitsubishi FX1S、Mitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3G、Mitsubishi FX3U protocol HMI Setting Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 0 RS232 communication - 217 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS422 communication HMI Setting When using the Mitsubishi FX1S、Mitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3G、Mitsubishi FX3U protocol, PLC configuration is as follow: Don’t select “Operate communication setting”, and click “default” NOTE: 1. If you do not use the multi-station when using communication module, you can choose the protocol of Mitsubishi FX1S、Mitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3G、Mitsubishi FX3U etc. according to the PLC model 2. Make sure that the value of D8120 is 0 when using the communication module Mitsubishi FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD (Multi-station) protocol HMI Setting Default communication: 19200, 7, even, 2; station: 0 - 218 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting Select the “Operate communication setting” NOTE: 1. FX0N series don’t support the “Operate communication setting”, but the communication parameters can be modified by setting the value of D8120、D8121、D8129 2. If series of PLC is FX3U/3UC, you must select “CH1” 3. Select the “Dedicated protocol” and check “Sum check” option, Transmission control procedure must be Form4 4. If you use the FX□□-232-BD module, set H/W type to Regular/RS-232C; if you use the FX□□ -485-BD/FX□□-485-ADP module, set H/W type to RS-485 The communication parameters can be modified by setting the value of D8120/D8121/D8129 Special register Description - 219 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller D8120 Communication format D8121 Station number D8129 Overtime For example The communication parameters of PLC as follow: Communication format: 9600bps, 7, even, 2; Station No.:1; H/W type: RS485; Time out: 1 Set the value of D8120/D8121/D8129: D8120=0xE08E； D8121=1； D8129=1； NOTE: Restart the PLC after setting the value of D8120. FX2N-10G/20GM protocol Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 0 RS232 communication RS422 communication - 220 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Mitsubishi FX5U protocol HMI Setting PLC Setting PLC Setting：Set the same parameters as the HMI dose. Mitsubishi Q00J (CPU Port) protocol HMI Setting Default parameters: 19200, 8, odd, 1; Station No.: 0(Non-support station number, only one HMI connect to one PLC) RS232 communication NOTE： 1、 If communication baudrate is error, HMI automatically set PLC baudrate for the HMI baudrate. It is not necessary to consider whether the PLC communications baudrate being true. 2、 This drives support password protection model Q00J. Mitsubishi Q series (CPU Port) protocol HMI Setting Default parameters :115200, 8, odd, 1 ; Station No. : 0(Non-support station number, only one HMI connect to one PLC) RS232 communication - 221 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: If communication baudrate is error, HMI automatically set PLC baudrate for the HMI baudrate. It is not necessary to consider whether the PLC communications baudrate being true. Mitsubishi Q06H 、Mitsubishi Q06Hv2 protocol HMI Setting Default parameters :115200, 8, odd, 1 ; Station No. : 0(Non-support station number, only one HMI connect to one PLC) RS232 communication NOTE: If communication baudrate is error, HMI automatically set PLC baudrate for the HMI baudrate. It is not necessary to consider whether the PLC communications baudrate being true. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port) & Mitsubishi Melsec Q protocol HMI Setting Default parameters :9600, 8, odd, 1 ; Station No. : 0 RS232 communication - 222 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS422 communication The differences of Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)、Mitsubishi Melsec Q: 1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port) protocol advantage is communication speed 2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q protocol advantages is that it support RS232 and RS485 communication modules, disadvantage is that communication is slow. HMI Setting 1. CPU port communication - 223 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. C24 module communication a. “Parameter” double-click “PLC parameter”, select “I/O assignment”. b. Click “type” to select “intelligent” - 224 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller c. Click “switch setting” and set Setting the intelligent function unit switch switch content example - 225 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Switch1 CH1:transmission rate, transmission setting 0BEEH 115Kbps 8 bit 1 bit even Switch2 CH1:communication protocol MC protocol type5 binary 0005H Switch3 CH2:transmission rate, transmission setting (the same as switch 1) 0BEEH Switch4 CH2:communication protocol MC protocol type5 binary 0005H Switch5 Station No. setting 0~31 0000H If the communication parameters of CH2 485 is 19200/8/odd/1, station:0, set as follows “switch setting” in “PLC parameters” and “I/O assignment”. If the communcation parameters of CH1 232 is 19200/8/odd/1, station:0, set as follows “switch setting” in “PLC parameters” and “I/O assignment”. - 226 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: After setting the switches, reset the PLC or turn the power off and then back on again. ◎Network Communication Setting Mitsubishi FX Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol HMI Setting NOTE:Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism PLC Setting FX3GE-24M 1. Double click“PLC Parameters”，select“Built-in Ethernet Port Settings”，the parameters configuration as follow: - 227 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. Click “Open Setting”, the parameters configuration as follow: NOTE: Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism FX3U-ENET-L 1. Open“FX3U-ENET-L Configuration Tool”，the parameters configuration as follow: - 228 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 3. Click“Operational settings”，the parameters configuration as follow: 4. Click“Open settings”，the parameters configuration as follow: - 229 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism Mitsubishi FX5U Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol HMI Setting NOTE: 1.Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism 2.PLC station must be 255 PLC Setting 1. Click”Parameter”‐‐‐‐“FX5UCPU” ‐‐‐‐ “Module Parameter” ‐‐‐‐“Ethernet Port” - 230 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. 3. In the “Ethernet Port” Setting Item List‐‐‐“External Device Configuration”,click “Detailed Setting”. Popup the Ethernet Device(General) list, choose “SLMP Connection Module”,and set TCP Protocol, Port No. :1025, then Close with Reflecting the Setting. NOTE: 1.Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism Mitsubishi QJ71E71 EtherNet protocol - 231 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller HMI Setting PLC Setting 1. Network parameters [network type] select "Ethernet"; [start I/O] is a hexadecimal number increments & H10, you can select "0"; [network number] range is 1-239, generally set at the network level, only a layer of the network, so set to "1"; [Group number] range is 0-32, select "0"; [station number] range 1-64, 1 occupied by the computer side, can be set to 2-64, the example is set to "2" ; [Model] Select "online". Next, click [operation], set the - 232 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller IP address of the dialog box pops up, in part by the network to determine the first three, the fourth part of the free use of the network number. One thing to note is that the figure of [the initial time setting] to choose "Always wait to open" (stop when communication), or Ethernet port is not open external device. Click [end set] button to save the settings. 2. Operational settings 3. Open settings In line 1 [protocol] selection "UDP" protocol; and that [open in pairs] option select "pairs", system will be prompted to selection is confirmed, the parameters of line 2 will be self-generated, so as to form a two-way communication. PLC's port and PC port range is & H401 - & HFFFF, the example is set to & H1000, PC's IP address is your computer's IP. Click [End set] to save, and form an Ethernet module and host two-way communication channel. 4. Just write to set the PLC in the main menu selection [online]->"PLC write", the "PLC/network parameters" in the content downloaded to the PLC, the correct execution, the writing on the work of the Ethernet parameters completed. - 233 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Mitsubishi QnA 3EBin Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol L02: HMI Setting NOTE: 1. PLC station number must be 255 2. Data format of Port number is decimalism PLC Setting Double click “PLC parameters”, select “Built-in Ethernet Port Settings” - 234 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Click “Open Setting”, the parameters configuration as follow: NOTE: Host Station Port No. will be set by the selected format. Q03UDE CPU : HMI Setting - 235 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: 1. PLC station number must be 255 2. Data format of Port number is decimalism PLC Setting Click “Open Setting”, the parameters configuration as follow: NOTE: Host Station Port No. will be set by the selected format. ◎Supported Device FX1S - 236 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input Relay X 00-764 ------ OOO Output Relay Y 00-764 ------ OOO Internal Relay M 000-7999 ------ DDDD Timer Contact T 00-511 ------ DDD Counter Contact C 00-255 ------ DDD D_bit 0.0-7999.F ------ DDDD.H S 000-4095 ------ DDDD Timer Value ------ T_word 00-511 DDD Counter Value ------ C_word 00-199 DDD Data Register ------ D_word 000-17999 DDDDD Special Data Register ------ SD_word 8000-8255 DDDD Counter Value ------ C_dword 235-255 DDD 32 bit device Notes Data Contact State Notes FX0N/FX1N/2N/3G Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input Relay X 000-377 ------ OOO Output Relay Y 000-377 ------ OOO Internal Relay M 0000-3071 ------ DDDD Timer Contact T_bit 000-255 ------ DDD Counter Contact C_bit 000-199 ------ DDD Special Internal Relay SM 8000-8255 ------ DDDD State S 000-999 ------ DDD Timer Value ------ T_word 000-255 DDD Counter Value ------ C_word 000-199 DDD Data Register ------ D 0000-7999 DDDD Special Data Register ------ SD 8000-8255 DDDD Counter Value ------ C_dword 200-255 DDD 32 bit device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Input Relay X 00-571 ------ OO *1 Output Relay Y 00-571 ------ OO *1 Internal Relay M 000-7999 ------ DDD *1 Special Internal Relay SM9000-9999 ------ DDDD *1 FX2N-10GM/20GM - 237 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Data Register ------ D 0-7999 DDDD *2 Special Data Register ------ DDDD *2 Special Data Register ------ SD 9000-9999 FD 4000-4550 DDDD *2 Current Position(System) ------ CP_unit 0-1 D ------ CP_puls 0-1 D Current Position(Pulse) NOTE: *1 Don’t support batch *2 Support batch FX3UC Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input Relay X000-764 ------ OOO Output Relay Y000-764 ------ OOO Timer Contact T_bit 000-511 ------ DDD Counter Contact C_bit 000-255 ------ DDD Data Contact D_bit0.0-7999.F ------ DDDD.H State S0000-4095 ------ DDDD Internal Relay M0000-7999 ------ DDDD Special Internal Relay SM8000-8511 ------ DDDD Timer Value ------ T_word 000-511 DDD Counter Value ------ C_word 000-199 DDD Data Register ------ D_word 0-17999 DDDDD Extension Register ------ R0000-32767 DDDDD Special Data Register ------ SD8000-9999 DDDD Counter Value ------ C_dword200-255 DDD Notes 32 bit device FX Series Ethernet Device Bit Address Word Address Format State S 0-4095 ------ DDDD Data Contact D_bit0.0-7999.F ------ DDDD.H Special Internal Relay SM8000-8511 ------ DDDD Counter Contact C_bit0-255 ------ DDDD Timer Contact T_bit0-511 ------ DDDD Internal Relay M 0-7679 ------ DDDD Output Relay Y 0-377 ------ DDDD Input Relay X 0-377 ------ DDDD Extension Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD Special Data Register ------ SD 8000-8511 DDDD - 238 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Data Register ------ D_word0-7999 DDDD Timer Value ------ T_word0-511 DDD Counter Value ------ C_word0-199 DDD Counter Value ------ C_dword200-255 DDD FX5u Device Bit Address Word Address Format Retentive TimerValve（contact） SS 0-15 ------ DD Counter Valve（contact） CS 0-255 ------ DDD Counter Valve（coil） CC 0-255 ------ DDD Timer Valve（contact） TS 0-511 ------ DDD Timer Valve（coil） TC 0-511 ------ DDD Specia Link Relay SB 0-FF ------ HH Link Relay B 0-FF ------ HH State Relay S 0-4095 ------ DDDD Annunciator Relay F 0-127 ------ DDD Latch relay L 0-7679 ------ DDDD Specia Internal Relay SM 0-9999 ------ DDDD Internal Relay M 0-7679 ------ DDDD Output Relay Y 0-1777 ------ OOOO Input Relay X 0-1777 ------ OOOO Long Counter Valve（contact） LCS 0-63 ------ DD Long Counter Valve（coil） LCC 0-63 ------ DD 16 Bit Index Register ------ Z 0-19 DD Retentive TimerValve ------ SN 0-15 DD Counter Valve ------ CN 0--255 DDD Timer Valve ------ TN 0-511 DDD Specia Link Register ------ SW 0-1FF HHH Link Register ------ W 0-1FF HHH File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD Specia Date Register ------ SD 0-11999 DDDDD D 0-7999 DDDD 32 Bit Index Register LZ 0-1 D Long Counter Valve LCN 0-63 DD Date Register - 239 - Double 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller FX5u Series Ethernet Device Bit Address Word Address Format State S 0-4095 ------ DDDD Special Link Relay SB0-FF ------ HH Link Relay B0-FF ------ HH Annunciator F0-127 ------ DDD Latch Relay LO-7679 ------ DDDD Special Internal Relay SM0-9999 ------ DDDD Internal Relay M0-7679 ------ DDDD Output Relay Y 0-1777 ------ OOOO Input Relay X 0-1777 ------ OOOO File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD Counter Value ------ CN0-255 DDD Retentive Timer Value ------ SN0-15 DD Timer Value ------ TN0-511 DDD Special Link Register ------ SW0-1FF HHH Link Register ------ W0-1FFF HHH Special Data Register ------ SD0-11999 DDDDD Data Register ------ D0-7999 DDDD Notes Q00jCPU Device Bit Address Word Address Format Counter Coil CC0-1023 ------ DDDD Counter Contact CS0-1023 ------ DDDD Timer Coil TC0-2047 ------ DDDD Timer Contact TS0-2047 ------ DDDD Special Link Relay SB000-7FFF ------ HHHH Link Relay B0000-7FFF ------ HHHH Step Relay S0000-1FFF ------ HHHH Edge Relay V0000-32767 ------ DDDDD Annunciator F0000-32767 ------ DDDDD Latch Relay L0000-32767 ------ DDDDD Special Internal Relay SM0000-2047 ------ DDDD Internal Relay M0000-32767 ------ DDDDD Output Relay Y0000-1FFF ------ HHHH Input Relay X0000-1FFF ------ HHHH File Register ------ R000-32767 DDDDD Special Link Register ------ SW0-7FF HHH - 240 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Link Register ------ W000-291F HHHH Special Data Register ------ SD0-2047 DDDD Data Register ------ D0-25983 DDDDD Counter Value ------ CN0-25983 DDDDD Retentive Timer Value ------ SN0-2047 DDDD Timer Value ------ TN0-25983 DDDDD Melsec Q Device Bit Address Direct output DY 0-7FF HHHH Direct input DX 0-7FF HHHH Step Relay S 0-2047 Special Link Relay SB 0-7FFF Counter Coil CC 0-511 ------ DDDD Counter Contact CS 0-511 ------ DDDD Step Coil SC 0-511 ------ DDDD Step Contact SS 0-511 ------ DDDD Timer Coil TC 0-511 ------ DDDD Timer Contact TS 0-511 ------ DDDD Link Relay B 0-7FF Edge Relay V 0-1023 ------ DDDD Annunciator F 0-1023 ------ DDDD Latch Relay L 0-2047 ------ DDDD Internal Relay M 0-8191 ------ DDDD Output Relay Y 0-7FF ------ HHHH Input Relay X 0-7FF ------ HHHH File Register ------ ZR 0-65535 DDDDDD File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD Index Register ------ Z 0-9 DD Counter Value ------ CN 0-511 DDDD SN 0-511 DDDD Retentive Timer Value Word Address ------ Format DDDD HHHH HHHH Timer Value ------ TN 0-511 DDDD Special Link Register ------ SW 0-3FF HHH Link Register ------ W 0-1FFF HHHH Special Data Register ------ SD 0-2047 DDDD Data Register ------ D 0-11135 DDDDD Q Series CPU port - 241 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Device Bit Address Word Address Format Special Link Relay SB 00000- 7FFF ------ HHHH Link Relay B 00000- 7FFF ------ HHHH Edge relay V 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD Annunciator F 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD Latch relay L 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD Special Internal Relay SM 0000-2047 ------ DDDD Internal Relay M 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD Output Relay Y 0000-1FFF ------ HHHH Input Relay X 0000-1FFF ------ HHHH Link Register ------ W 00000- 291F HHHH Timer Value ------ TN 00000-23087 DDDDD Counter Value ------ CN 00000-23087 DDDDD File Register ------ R 00000-32767 DDDDD Special Link Register ------ SW 0000- 7FF HHH Data Register ------ D 00000-25983 DDDDD Special Data Register ------ SD 0000-2047 DDDD Q_QnA(link port) Device Bit Address Word Address Format Special Link Relay SB000-7FFF ------ HHHH Link Relay B0000-7FFF ------ HHHH Edge Relay V0000-32767 ------ DDDDD Annunciator F0000-32767 ------ DDDDD Latch Relay L0000-32767 ------ DDDDD Special Internal Relay SM0000-2047 ------ DDDD Internal Relay M0000-32767 ------ DDDDD Output Relay Y0000-1FFF ------ HHHH Input Relay X0000-1FFF ------ HHHH Link Register ------ W0000-291F HHHH Timer Value ------ TN0-23087 DDDDD Retentive Timer Value ------ SN0-23087 DDDDD Counter Value ------ CN0-23087 DDDDD File Register(Block switching is not necessary) ------ ZR00000-65535 DDDDD File Register ------ R00000-32767 DDDDD Special Link Register ------ SW000-7FF HHH Data Register ------ D00000-25983 DDDDD Special Data Register ------ SD0000-2047 DDDD - 242 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Q06 Device Bit Address Word Address Format Special Link Relay SB 0000- 7FFF ------ HHHH Link Relay B 0000- 7FFF ------ HHHH Edge relay V 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD Annunciator F 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD Latch relay L 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD Special Internal Relay SM 0000-2047 ------ DDDD Internal Relay M 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD Output Relay Y 0000-1FFF ------ HHHH Input Relay X 0000-1FFF ------ HHHH Link Register ------ W 00000- 291F HHHH Timer Value ------ TN 00000-23087 DDDDD Counter Value ------ CN 00000-23087 DDDDD File Register ------ R 00000-32767 DDDDD Special Link Register ------ SW 0000- 7FF HHH Data Register ------ D 00000-25983 DDDDD Special Data Register ------ SD 0000-2047 DDDD Mitsubishi QJ71E71 EtherNet Slave Device Bit Address Word Address Format S 000-8191 ------ DDDD Special Link Relay SB 000-7FFF ------ HHHH Counter Coil CC 0-23087 ------ DDDDD Counter Contact CS 0-23087 ------ DDDDD Step Coil SC 0-23087 ------ DDDDD Step Contact SS 0-23087 ------ DDDDD Timer Coil TC 0-23087 ------ DDDDD Timer Contact TS 0-23087 ------ DDDDD Link Relay B 0000-1FFF ------ HHHH Edge Relay V 0-32767 ------ DDDDD Annunciator F 0-32767 ------ DDDDD Latch Relay L 0-32767 ------ DDDDD Special Internal Relay SM 0-2047 ------ DDDD Internal Relay M 0-32767 ------ DDDD Output Relay Y 0-1FFF ------ HHHH Input Relay X 0-1FFF ------ HHHH Step Relay - 243 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Link Register ------ W 0-291F HHHH Timer Value ------ TN 0-23087 DDDD Counter Value ------ CN 0-23087 DDDDD SN 0-23087 DDDDD Retentive Timer Value File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD File Register(Block switching is not necessary) ------ ZR 0-1042431 DDDDDDD Special Link Register ------ SW 0-7FF HHH Data Register ------ D 0-25983 DDDDD Special Data Register ------ SD 0-2047 DDDD Mitsubishi QnA 3EBin Ethernet(TCP Slave) Device Bit Address Word Address Format Direct output DY 0-1FFF HHHH Direct input DX 0-1FFF HHHH Step Relay S 0-8191 ------ DDDD Special Link Relay SB 0-7FFF SB 0-1FFF HHHH Counter Coil CC 0-1023 ------ DDDD Counter Contact CS 0-1023 ------ DDDD Step Coil SC 0-2047 ------ DDDD Step Contact SS 0-2047 ------ DDDD Timer Coil TC 0-2047 ------ DDDD Timer Contact TS 0-2047 ------ DDDD Link Relay B 0-1FFF B 0-1FFF HHHH Edge Relay V 0-2047 ------ DDDD Annunciator F 0-2047 ------ DDDD Latch Relay L 0-8191 ------ DDDD Special Internal Relay SM 0-2047 ------ DDDD Internal Relay M 0-8191 ------ DDDD Output Relay Y 0-1FFF Y 0-1FFF HHHH Input Relay X 0-1FFF X 0-1FFF HHHH File Register ------ ZR 0-393216 DDDDDD File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD Index Register ------ Z 0-19 DD Counter Value ------ CN 0-1023 DDDD SN 0-2047 DDDD Retentive Timer Value Timer Value ------ TN 0-2047 DDDD Special Link Register ------ SW 0-7FF HHH W 0-1FFF HHHH Link Register - 244 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Special Data Register ------ SD 0-2047 DDDD Data Register ------ D 0-45055 DDDDD Device Bit Address Word Address Format Direct output DY 0-1FFF HHHH Direct input DX 0-1FFF HHHH Step Relay S 0-8191 ------ DDDD Special Link Relay SB 0-7FF SB 0-7F0 HHHH Counter Coil CC 0-1023 ------ DDDD Counter Contact CS 0-1023 ------ DDDD Step Coil SC 0-2047 ------ DDDD Step Contact SS 0-2047 ------ DDDD Timer Coil TC 0-2047 ------ DDDD Timer Contact TS 0-2047 ------ DDDD Link Relay B 0-1FFF B 0-1FF0 HHHH Edge Relay V 0-2047 ------ DDDD Annunciator F 0-2047 ------ DDDD Latch Relay L 0-8191 ------ DDDD Special Internal Relay SM 0-2047 ------ DDDD Internal Relay M 0-8191 ------ DDDD Output Relay Y 0-1FFF Y 0-1FF0 HHHH Input Relay X 0-1FFF X 0-1FF0 HHHH File Register ------ ZR 0-32767 DDDDDD File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD Index Register ------ Z 0-19 DD Counter Value ------ CN 0-1023 DDDD Retentive Timer Value ------ SN 0-2047 DDDD Timer Value ------ TN 0-2047 DDDD Special Link Register ------ SW 0-7FF HHH Link Register ------ W 0-1FFF HHHH Special Data Register ------ SD 0-2047 DDDD Data Register ------ D 0-12287 DDDDD Q03UDE Notes ◎Cable Diagram FX Series RS232 Cable 1. CPU port communication Please use the FX series SC - 09 serial programming cable communication, can also be made simple programming cable - 245 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. FX□□-232-BD communication HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal 9 pin D-SUB (male) com0/com1 com2 2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD 3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD 5 GND 5 GND 5 GND FX Series RS422 Cable 1. CPU port / FX□□-422-BD communication 2. FX□□-485-BD communication Q Series RS232 Cable 1. CPU port communication - 246 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. C24 module communication HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal 9 pin D-SUB (male) com0/com1 com2 2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD 3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD 5 GND 5 GND 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS Q Series RS485/422 Cable C24 module communication Ethernet communication protocol cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.51 MKS controller ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver BY125 BY125 RS232 on the CPU unit MKS - 247 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable BY125 BY125 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 11 ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Relay CB 00-FF ------ HH Register ------ CD00-FF HH External Register ------ ERCD 0000.00-FFFF.FF HHHH.HH Internal data processing control address bit ------ M1 0~9 H Read only Internal data processing control address bit ------ M2 0~9 H Read only Internal data processing control address bit ------ M3 0~9 H Read only NOTE: 1）ERCD is Extended register, the four position before radix point are C1,C2,C3,C4.The two positions after radix point are S1, S2. 2）Parameter code corresponding with CD are C1,C2; 3）Parameter code corresponding with CB set to “1”;Eg:”Bit State Setting” part, addr type CB67, set the state to “1”. 4) M1 correspond to parameter ":"; M2 correspond to parameter";"; M3 correspond to parameter"<"; ◎Cable Diagram MKS controller RS232 communication cable - 248 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.52 Modbus ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module SIO type Driver Modbus RTU RS232/485 on the CPU unit Modbus RTU Modbus RTU Extend RS232/485 on the CPU unit Modbus RTU Extend Modbus RTU Slave RS232/485 on the CPU unit Modbus RTU Slave RS232/485 on the CPU unit Modbus RTU MT500 compatible RS232/485 on the CPU unit Modbus ASCII Modbus RTU MT500 compatible MODBUS Compatible External Device Modbus ASCII Modbus TCP Ethernet Modbus TCP Modbus TCP Slave Ethernet Modbus TCP Slave Modbus UDP Ethernet Modbus UDP Modbus UDP Slave Ethernet Modbus UDP Slave ◎System configuration Series Modbus RTU Modbus Extend RTU CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable MODBUS Compatible External Device RS232/485 on the CPU unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable RS232/485 on the CPU unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable Modbus RTU Slave RS232/485 on the CPU unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable Modbus RTU MT500 compatible RS232/485 on the CPU unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable Modbus ASCII RS232/485 on the CPU unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable Modbus TCP Ethernet Modbus TCP Slave Ethernet - 249 - Connection Configuration 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Modbus UDP Ethernet Modbus UDP Slave Ethernet Connection Configuration ◎Communication Setting Modbus RTU protocol RS232 communication Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1 NOTE: 1. Modbus RTU protocol supports broadcasting station number, but the radio function only supports write operations, with a reading of properties for the components, can not use the radio function; 2. Radio features are used in two ways: First, write-only properties with components (Bit state setting device, "switch" method, except); multi-state setting device, "add value", "sub value", "JOG++", "JOG--" method excluded); Second, the use of macros, the macro programming, on the radio station to write the address number. Modbus RTU Extend protocol RS232 communication Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1 - 250 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Modbus RTU Slave protocol RS232 communication Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1 Modbus RTU MT500 compatible protocol RS232 communication Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1 Modbus ASCII protocol RS232 communication Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1 - 251 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Modbus TCP protocol Network configuration Modbus UDP protocol Network configuration - 252 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Modbus RTU Device Bit Address Word Address Format Output Relay 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD Input Relay (read only) 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD Input Register (read only) ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD Notes Modbus RTU Extend Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Output Relay 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD Input Relay 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD read only Input Relay 3X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD read only Output Relay 4X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD 4X Single Write Relay 6X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD Input Register ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD 4X Byte Swap ------ 5X1-65535 DDDDD 4X single word write ------ 6X1-65535 DDDDD 4X double word swap 4X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD 3X double word swap 3X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD read only NOTE: 1. 5X is the byte register; 4X-DINV, 3X-DINV is the word high and low-bit register. The relation of them as follow: Word: 4X(1word) 1 H 2 3 L 4 H byte swap 5X(1word) 3 4 Dword: - 253 - 1 2 H 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Text: 2. Not use the odd and even address in the same window by 4X-DINV，only odd address or even address in the same window. Modbus RTU Slave Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Output Relay LB 0-9999 ------ DDDDD Mapping to 0X 1~9999 Data Register ------ LW 0-65535 DDDDD Mapping to 4X 1~9999 Modbus RTU MT500 compatible Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Output Relay 0X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD Input Relay 1X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD read only Input Relay 3X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD read only Output Relay 4X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD Input Register ------ 3X 1-65535 DDDDD Output Register ------ 4X 1-65535 DDDDD read only Modbus ASCII Device Bit Address Word Address Format Output Relay 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD Input Relay (read only) 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD Input Register (read only) ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD Notes Modbus TCP Slave Device Bit Address Word Address - 254 - Format Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Output Relay 0X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD Input Relay 1X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD read only Input Relay 3X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD read only Data relay 4X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD Input Register ------ 3X 1-65535 DDDDD Output Register ------ 4X 1-65535 DDDDD Data Register ------ 4X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD Data Register ------ 3X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD read only NOTE: 4X-DINV, 3X-DINV is the word high and low-bit counter. Modbus UDP Slave Device Bit Address Word Address Format Output Relay 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD Input Relay 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD read only Input Register ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD read only Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD ◎Cable Diagram RS232 communication cable RS485 communication cable Ethernet communication cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.53 MODROL Serial Communication - 255 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Series CPU Link Module Driver MODROL IMS-GF3-4011E RS485 on the CPU unit MODROL System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable MODROL IMS-GF3-4011E RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable Communication Setting HMI Setting Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1 Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes ------ D_1 0-9999 DDDD One byte ------ D_2 0-9999 DDDD Two byte ------ D_3 0-9999 DDDD Three byte Cable Diagram MODROL RS485 - 256 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.54 OE MAX ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver NX7 NX7 RS232 on the CPU unit OE MAX NX7 ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable NX7 NX7 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting Default communication: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 1 ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input/Output Relay R 0.0–127.15 ------ DDD.DD General Relay L 0.0–63.15 ------ DD.DD General Relay M 0.0–127.15 ------ DDD.DD Keep Relay K 0.0–127.15 ------ DDD.DD Timer Relay TC 0–255 ------ DDD Special Relay F 0.0–15.15 ------ DD.DD Internal HSC ------ R_word 0-127 DDD General Register ------ L_word 0-63 DD General Register ------ M_word 0-127 DDD Keep Register ------ K_word 0-127 DDD General Register ------ F_word 0-15 DD Timer/Counter Register ------ SV_word 0-255 DDD - 257 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Timer/Counter Register ------ PV_word 0-255 DDD General Register ------ W_word 0-2047 DDDD Special Register ------ SR_word 0-511 DDD ◎Cable Diagram Oemax RS232 communication cable 4.55 Omron Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series SYSMAC C CPU Link Module CP1H CP1L CP1E RS232 on the CPU unit C200H C200H-LK202 C120-LK201-V1 C200HS C200H-LK201 C200H-LK202 C120-LK201-V1 CP1W-CIF01 Driver OMRON C Series Host Link OMRON CP Series Host Link CP1W-CIF11/CIF12 Link I/F on the CPU unit Peripheral port on the CPU unit C500 C500F C1000H C2000 C2000H C120-LK201-V1 C120-LK202-V1 C500-LK201-V1 C500-LK203 C1000HF C500-LK201-V1 C500-LK203 C20H/28H/40H Link I/F on the CPU unit C20PF/28PF C40PF/60PF C120-LK201-V1 C120-LK202-V1 C120 C120F C120-LK201-V1 C120-LK202-V1 CQM1-CPU11 Peripheral port on the CPU unit - 258 - OMRON C Series Host Link 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller CQM1-CPU21 CQM1-CPU41 CQM1-CPU42 CQM1-CPU43 CQM1-CPU44 CQM1-CPU41-V1 CQM1-CPU42-V1 CQM1-CPU43-V1 CQM1-CPU44-V1 RS232C port on the CPU unit CPM2C Peripheral port on the CPU unit Peripheral port on the CPU unit Peripheral port on the CPM2C-CIF01 RS232C port on the CPM2C-CIF01 RS232C port on the CPM2C-CIF11 Terminal block on the CPM2C-CIF11 CQM1H-CPU11 CQM1H-CPU21 Peripheral port on the CPU unit CQM1H-CPU51 CQM1H-CPU61 Peripheral port on the CPU unit RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 on the CPU unit RS232C port on the CQM1H-SCB41 RS422A/485 port on the CQM1H-SCB41 CPM1 CPM1A CPM1A-V1 CPM2AH RS232 on the CPU unit SYSMAC CJ2 CJ2M-CPU13 RS232 on the CPU unit SYSMAC CJ CJ1G-CPU45 CJ1G-CPU44 CJ1G-CPU45H CJ1G-CPU44H CJ1G-CPU43H CJ1G-CPU42H CJ1M-CPU23 CJ1M-CPU22 CJ1M-CPU21 CJ1M-CPU13 CJ1M-CPU12 CJ1M-CPU11 CJ1H-CPU66H CJ1H-CPU65H RS232 on the CPU unit OMRON C Series Host Link OMRON CPM Series Host Link Peripheral port on the CPU unit CJ1W-SCU41 - 259 - OMRON CJ/CS Series Host Link 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller SYSMAC CS CS1G-CPU45 CS1G-CPU44 CS1G-CPU43 CS1G-CPU42 CS1G-CPU45H CS1G-CPU44H CS1G-CPU43H CS1G-CPU42H CS1G-CPU45-V1 CS1G-CPU44-V1 CS1G-CPU43-V1 CS1G-CPU42-V1 CS1H-CPU67 CS1H-CPU66 CS1H-CPU65 CS1H-CPU64 CS1H-CPU63 CS1H-CPU67H CS1H-CPU66H CS1H-CPU65H CS1H-CPU64H CS1H-CPU63H CS1H-CPU67-V1 CS1H-CPU66-V1 CS1H-CPU65-V1 CS1H-CPU64-V1 CS1H-CPU63-V1 RS232 on the CPU unit OMRON CJ/CS Series Host Link Peripheral port on the CPU unit CS1W-SCU21 CS1W-SCB21 CS1W-SCB41 ◎Network Communication Series CPU CJ2M-CPU35 Link Module EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit CJ1W-ETN21 SYSMAC CJ/CS CJ2M-CPU3* CS1H CS1G SYSMAC C CS1W-ETN21/EIP21 Omron CJ/CS/NJ/NX Series Ethernet（UDP Slave） CJ1W-ETN21/EIP21 NJ*01 EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit CP1L-EM EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit CP1L-EL EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit CP1H CP1L OMRON CJ Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit CJ2H-***-EIP SYSMAC NJ Driver OMRON CP Series Ethernet （UDP Slave） CP1W-CIF41 ◎Serial System configuration Series CPU Link Module - 260 - COMM Type Parameter Cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller CP1H CP1L CP1E RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable CP1W-CIF11/CIF12 RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable CPM2AH RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 SYSMAC CJ2 CJ2M-CPU13 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable SYSMAC CJ CJ1G-CPU45 CJ1G-CPU44 CJ1G-CPU45H CJ1G-CPU44H CJ1G-CPU43H CJ1G-CPU42H CJ1M-CPU23 CJ1M-CPU22 CJ1M-CPU21 CJ1M-CPU13 CJ1M-CPU12 CJ1M-CPU11 CJ1H-CPU66H CJ1H-CPU65H RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable Peripheral port on the CPU unit*1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable CS1W-SCU21 RS232 Setting CS1W-SCB21 RS232 Setting CS1W-SCB41 RS232 Setting SYSMAC C SYSMAC CS CS1G-CPU45 CS1G-CPU44 CS1G-CPU43 CS1G-CPU42 CS1G-CPU45H CS1G-CPU44H CS1G-CPU43H CS1G-CPU42H CS1G-CPU45-V1 CS1G-CPU44-V1 CS1G-CPU43-V1 CS1G-CPU42-V1 CS1H-CPU67 CS1H-CPU66 CS1H-CPU65 CS1H-CPU64 CS1H-CPU63 CP1W-CIF01 Peripheral port on the CPU unit*1 CJ1W-SCU41 RS232 on the CPU unit - 261 - Setting Setting Your owner cable Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller CS1H-CPU67H CS1H-CPU66H CS1H-CPU65H CS1H-CPU64H CS1H-CPU63H CS1H-CPU67-V1 CS1H-CPU66-V1 CS1H-CPU65-V1 CS1H-CPU64-V1 CS1H-CPU63-V1 RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable Parameter Cable *1 Must set the switch DIP 4 to be on ◎Network System configuration Series CPU CJ2M-CPU35 Link Module EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit Connect Type Ethernet(TCP Slave) Setting Your own cable Setting Your own cable Setting Your own cable CJ1W-ETN21 SYSMAC CJ/CS CJ2M-CPU3* CS1H CS1G EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit CS1W-ETN21/EIP21 CJ1W-ETN21/EIP21 CJ2H-***-EIP SYSMAC NJ SYSMAC C NJ*01 EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit CP1L-EM CP1L-EL EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit CP1H CP1L EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit CP1W-CIF41 ◎Serial Communication Setting OMRON CP Series Host Link protocol HMI Setting Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0 RS232 communication - 262 - Ethernet（UDP Slave） Ethernet（UDP Slave） 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS422 communication NOTE：Make sure that the switch DIP1~6 of PLC must be OFF when using OMRON CP Series Host Link protocol. NO. Setup contents default status 1 ON: write enable OFF:write disable OFF 2 ON: program automaticlly transmit from card to PLC when power up OFF: program can’t automaticlly transmit from card to PLC when power up OFF 3 OFF: OFF(default) OFF 4 ON: communication port1,Toolbus(default) OFF:Port 1 communications settings according to the PLC system CPU setting OFF 5 ON: communication port2,Toolbus(default) OFF:Port 2 communications settings according to the PLC system CPU setting OFF 6 ON: customer use ( A395.12 = ON) OFF: customer use ( A395.12 = OFF) OFF OMRON C Series Host Link protocol Default communication: 19200, 7, even, 2; station: 0 - 263 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS232 communication RS422 communication OMRON CPM Series Host Link protocol Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0 - 264 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: Select custom communication parameters (non-standard communication parameters), the switch of PLC must be OFF. OMRON CJ/CS Series Host Link protocol RS232 Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0 NOTE：1.CJ1M switch DIP: SW1, SW2, SW3, SW5, SW8 must be off, but SW4, SW6, SW7 are optional. 2. CJ1M switches DIP 1~8 are OFF (default). RS485-4 Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0 ◎Network Communication Setting OMRON CJ Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) HMI Setting - 265 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting 1. Double-click the IO table and the unit set, find the Ethernet communication module 2. Double-click the Ethernet communication module, set the parameters - 266 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller OMRON CJ/CS/NJ Series Ethernet(UDP Slave) HMI Setting Attention： HMI and PLC must be set in the same network，while the node ID should be different. - 267 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting Please use CX-Integrator to modify 1. Choose the right type to get the PLC and its software connected 2. Set the PLC into programming mode 3. Read the data and show the connected device 4. Double click the device to modify the related parameter，for example IP Address - 268 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 5. Set the Network number and Node ID （1）Network number （2）You can change the Node ID by the switch on the device（NODE No.） OMRON CP Series Ethernet(UDP Slave) HMI Setting - 269 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting Type in IE the IP address（ex：http://192.168.11.33/C00.HTM）and the password（ex:ETHERNET），then you entry this interface.Later,you can modify the parameter. ◎Supported Device - 270 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Omron C Series Host Link Device Bit Address Word Address Format Hold Relay HR_bit 00.00-99.15 ------ DD.DD Data Relay DM_bit 0000.00-6655.15 ------ DDDD.DD Link Relay LR_bit 00.00-63.15 ------ DD.DD Auxiliary Relay AR_bit 00.00-959.15 ------ DD.DD Channel I/O CIO_IR_bit 000.00-511.15 ------ DDD.DD Counter Relay ------ CNT_word 000-511 DDD Timer Relay ------ TIM_word 000-511 DDD Hold Register ------ HR_word 00-99 DD Data Register ------ DM_word 0000-6655 DDDD Link Register ------ LR_word 00-63 DD Auxiliary Register ------ AR_word 000-959 DDD Channel I/O Register ------ CIO_IR_word 000-511 DDD OMRON CP Series Host Link Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Work Relay W_bit 0.00-511.15 ------ DDD.DD Hold Relay H_bit 0.00-1535.15 ------ DDDD.DD Data Relay D_bit 0.00-32767.15 ------ DDDDD.DD Counter Relay C flag 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD Timer Relay T flag 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD Auxiliary Relay A_bit 0.00-959.15 ------ DDD.DD Channel I/O CIO_bit 0.00-6143.15 ------ DDDD.DD Work Register ------ W_word 0-511 DDD Hold Register ------ H_word 0-1535 DDDD Data Register ------ D_word 0-32767 DDDDD Counter Register ------ C_word 0-4095 DDDD Timer Register ------ T_word 0-4095 DDDD Auxiliary Register ------ A_word 0-959 DDD Channel I/O Register ------ CIO_word 0-6143 DDDD OMRON CPM Series Host Link Device Bit Address Word Address Format Hold Relay HR 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD Link Relay LR 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD Auxiliary Relay AR 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD Internal Relay IR 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD Timer/Counter Register ------ TC 0-255 DDD Data Register ------ DM 0-9999 DDDD Notes OMRON CJ/CS Series Host Link Device Bit Address - 271 - Word Address Format 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Channel I/O CIO 0000.00-6143.15 ------ DDDD.DD Internal Auxiliary Relay WR 000.00-511.15 ------ DDD.DD Special Auxiliary Relay AR 000.00-959.15 ------ DDD.DD Latch Relay HR 000.00-511.15 ------ DDD.DD Timer (Timer Up Flag) TIM 0000-4095 ------ DDDD Counter (Counter Up Flag) CNT 0000-4095 ------ DDDD Data Memory DM 00000.00-32767.15 ------ DDDDD.DD Extension Data Memory Relay(E0-EC) E0 0.00-EC 32767.15 ------ DDDDD.DD Extension Data Memory(E0-EC) ------ E0 0-EC 32767 DDDDD Channel I/O ------ CIO 0000-6143 DDDD Internal Auxiliary Relay ------ WR 000-511 DDD Special Auxiliary Relay ------ AR 000-959 DDD Latch Relay ------ HR 000-511 DDD Timer (current Value) ------ TIM 0000-4095 DDDD Counter (Current Value) ------ CNT 0000-4095 DDDD Data Memory ------ DM 00000-32767 DDDDD Index Register ------ IR 00-15 DD Data Register ------ DR 00-15 DD OMRON CJ Series Ethernet (TCP Slave) Device Bit Address Word Address Format Channel IO CIO 0.00-6143.15 ------ DDDD.DD Internal Auxiliary Relay W 0.00-511.15 ------ DDD.DD Special Auxiliary Relay A 0.0-959.15 ------ DDD.DD Latch Relay H 0.0-511.15 ------ DDD.DD Timer Up Flag T 0-4095 ------ DDDD Count Up Flag C 0-4095 ------ DDDD TKB TKB 0-31 ------ DD Channel IO ------ CIO 0-6142 DDDD Internal Auxiliary Relay ------ W 0-511 DDD Special Auxiliary Relay ------ A 0-959 DDD Latch Relay ------ H 0-511 DDD Timer Current Value ------ T 0-4095 DDDD Counter Current Value ------ C 0-4095 DDDD Extension Data Memory(E0-E18) ------ E0-E18 0-32767 DDDDD EM ------ EM 0-32767 DDDDD Index Register ------ IR 0-15 DD Data Register ------ DR 0-15 DD OMRON CJ/CS/NJ Series Ethernet (UDP Slave) Device Channel IO 0.00-6143.15 Bit Address Word Address Format CIO_bit ------ DDDD.DD CIO_FORCE ------ 272 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller CIO_FORCE_RELEASE ------ CIO_RELEASE_STATUS ------ W_bit ------ W_FORCE ------ W_FORCE_RELEASE ------ W_RELEASE_STATUS ------ H_bit ------ H_FORCE ------ H_FORCE_RELEASE ------ H_RELEASE_STATUS ------ T_FLAG ------ T_FORCE ------ T_FORCE_RELEASE ------ T_RELEASE_STATUS ------ C_FLAG ------ C_FORCE ------ C_FORCE_RELEASE ------ C_RELEASE_STATUS ------ A 0.0-11535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD E（0-9）_bit ------ DDDDD.DD E（A-F）_bit ------ DDDDD.DD E（10-18）_bit ------- DDDDD.DD Data Memory D_bit 0.00-32767.15 ------ DDDDD.DD TKB TK_FLAG 0-127 ------ DDD Internal Auxiliary Relay 0.00-511.15 Latch Relay 0.0-1535.15 Timer Up Flag 0-4095 Count Up Flag 0-4095 Special Auxiliary Relay Extension Data Memory 0.00-32767.15 DDD.DD DDDD.DD DDDD DDDD Channel IO ------ CIO 0-6143 Internal Auxiliary Relay ------ W 0-511 DDD Latch Relay ------ H 0-1535 DDDD Timer Current Value ------ T 0-4095 DDDD Counter Current Value ------ C 0-4095 DDDD Special Auxiliary Relay ------ A 0-11535 DDDDD DDDDD ------ E0-E9 0-32767 EA-EF 0-32767 E10-E18 0-32767 EM 0-32767 Data Memory ------ D 0-32767 DDDDD TK ------ TK0-127 DDD Index Register ------ IR 0-15 DD Data Register ------ DR 0-15 DD Extension Data Memory DDDD OMRON CP Series Ethernet (UDP Slave) Device Channel IO Bit Address CIO_bit - 273 - Word Address Format ------ DDDD.DD 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 0.00-6143.15 CIO_FORCE ------ CIO_FORCE_RELEASE ------ CIO_RELEASE_STATUS ------ W_bit ------ W_FORCE ------ W_FORCE_RELEASE ------ W_RELEASE_STATUS ------ H_bit ------ H_FORCE ------ H_FORCE_RELEASE ------ H_RELEASE_STATUS ------ T_FLAG ------ T_FORCE ------ T_FORCE_RELEASE ------ T_RELEASE_STATUS ------ C_FLAG ------ C_FORCE ------ C_FORCE_RELEASE ------ C_RELEASE_STATUS ------ Special Auxiliary Relay A 0.0-959.15 ------ DDDDD.DD Data Memory D_bit 0.00-32767.15 ------ DDDDD.DD TKB TK_FLAG 0-31 ------ DDD Internal Auxiliary Relay 0.00-511.15 Latch Relay 0.0-1535.15 Timer Up Flag 0-4095 Count Up Flag 0-4095 DDD.DD DDDD.DD DDDD DDDD Channel IO ------ CIO 0-6143 Internal Auxiliary Relay ------ W 0-511 DDD Latch Relay ------ H 0-1535 DDDD Timer Current Value ------ T 0-4095 DDDD Counter Current Value ------ C 0-4095 DDDD Special Auxiliary Relay ------ A 0-959 DDDDD Data Memory ------ D 00000-32767 DDDDD TK ------ TK0-31 DDD Index Register ------ IR 0-15 DD Data Register ------ DR 0-15 DD ◎Cable Diagram RS232 Communication Cable 1. RS232 on the CPU unit or CP1W-CIF01\CS1W-SCU21\CS1W-SCB21 etc. module - 274 - DDDD 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. Peripheral port on the CPU unit（OMRON CJ\CS series） When connecting the peripheral port on the CPU by the conversion adapter, set DIP4 to on. RS422 Communication Cable 1. CJ1W-SCU41\ CJ1W-SCB41 module 2. CP1W-CIF11/CP1W-CIF12 module NOTE：CP1W-CIF11 is without photoelectricity isolation, the maximum communication distance is 50 m. CP1W-CIF12 is with photoelectricity isolation, the maximum communication distance is 500 m. Other parameters specification and DIP switch settings are the same. DIP 1 CONTENT ON Yes（Both sides） OFF No ON 2-wires（RS485） OFF 4-wires（RS422A） ON 2-wires（RS485） OFF 4-wires（RS422A） 4 ----- ----- N/A 5 ON With RS control Set ON when loop back is forbidden. OFF Without RS control（Receive） ON With RS control OFF Without RS control（Send） 2 3 6 Terminal resistance selection 2、3 must be the same. - 275 - If connecting to multiple devices, set ON when using RS422A, it must set as ON. 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: When PLC uses CP1W-CIF11 or CP1W-CIF12 module for communication, if it uses 1:1 and RS422 communication, it need to set all the DIP Switch SW1~6 as OFF. If it uses 1:N and RS422 communication, it need to set DIP Switch SW1~5 as OFF and SW6 as ON. RS485 communication cable CP1W-CIF11/CIF12 module NOTE: When PLC uses CP1W-CIF11 or CP1W-CIF12 module and RS485 communication, please make sure the DIP Switch SW1 of CP1W-CIF11 or CP1W-CIF12 as OFF, and set SW2,SW3,SW5,SW6 as ON.SW4 can be set as ON or OFF. Ethernet communication protocol cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.56 OMRON E5EZ-R3(Temperature Controller) ◎Serial Communication Series OMRON E5EZ-R3 CPU Link Module E5EZ-R3 E5EZ-C3MT RS485 on the CPU unit Driver Omron E5EZ-R3 ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module - 276 - COMM Type Parameter Cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller OMRON E5EZ-R3 OMRON E5EZ-R3 RS485 on CPU unit the RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0 ◎Supported Device OMRON E5EZ-R3 Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Variable ------ 0.0 — 0.A (C0 read only) DDD.HH Main addr indicates variable type 0(C0),1(C1),2(C3) subaddress indicates address of variable type 1.0 — 1.2D (C1) 2.0 — 2.5B (C3) Action Command ------ 0-8 H State 0-31 ------ DD Show the bit value of 0001 （state）in C0 Abnormal Input 0 ------ D The 6th value of C0 0001(state) Abnormal Input NOTE: H indicates hexadecimal Action Command address and other informations Addr command content 00:OFF（disable） 0 Communication write 1 Run/Stop 2 Multi-segment SP 01:ON （enable） Notes Before writing data, "Communication write" command is "01” ON (enable)", otherwise it writes disable 00：Run 01：Stop 00：Setting value 0 01：Setting value 1 - 277 - Must set the value of variable(addr:3.1A )to 1(ON) for writing correctly, otherwise it 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 02：Setting value 2 can’t write-in. 03：Setting value 3 00：stop 3 AT execute/stop 4 write-in mode 5 RAM storage 00 6 Soft reset 00 7 Setting area1 shift 00 8 Protection value shift 00 01：AT execute 00：save 01：RAM Please refer to the communication protocol for details. NOTE： • • • Make sure the setting value be the same as the plc’s station No. Must be the same as the station No. of HMI Before writing data, "Communication write" command must is "01” ON (enable)", otherwise it writes disable ◎Cable Diagram RS485-2 communication cable RS232 communication, need to use RS-232 to RS-422/485 converter 4.57 OPTO 22 ◎Ethernet Communication (nonsupport Direct Online Simulation) Series CPU SNAP-UP1-ADS Link Module Driver OPTO 22 SNAP Ethernet(TCP) Ethernet OPTO 22 - 278 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎System configuration Series OPTO 22 CPU Link Module SNAP-UP1-ADS Connect Type Ethernet Ethernet Parameter Setting Cable Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Bit Table B0-65535 —— DDDDD Bit Table BT0.000-65535.255 —— DDDDD.DDD Integer 32 —— N32 0-65535 DDDDD Float —— FN0-65535 DDDDD UP Timer —— UTN0-65535 DDDDD Down Timer —— DTN0-65535 DDDDD PID parameter —— PIDSN0.00-32.06 DDDDD.DD Integer 32 Table —— NT0.000-65535.255 DDDDD.DDD Float Table —— FT0.000-65535.255 DDDDD.DDD Editing Macro, please refer to the type table: Register N32 Double FN Float DTN Float UTN Float PID Input Float SetPoint Float - 279 - Type 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Output Float Gain Float Tune I Float Tune D Float Mode Double IN BIT QN BIT PIN Float PQN Float NT Double FT Float B BIT(the attribute of B is the same as N32 in the PLC software) BT BIT(the attribute of BT is the same as NT in the PLC software) NOTE： 1、 The configuration in OPTO 22 software must be the same as the configuration in EV5000 software： true：e.g.: define Float in the OPTO 22 software，F1 Select FN device in the EV5000 software, address: 1. Communicate correctly error：e.g.: define Float in the OPTO 22 software，F0001 Select FN device in the EV5000 software, address: 1. Communicate error 2、 PIDSN correspondence If it set up PID1 in the OPTO 22 software, it can show the values of Input, SetPoint, Output, Gain, Tune I, Tune D, and Mode. In the Ev5000 software, PIDSN format DDDDD.DD, Address can be written in 1.**.( the main address in front of decimal point corresponding to the OPTO 22 of PID1 1 ,sub-addr refer to the table. the table as follows: Sub Address（Example PID1，1 is sub address） Corresponding Value 1.00 Input 1.01 SetPoint 1.02 Output 1.03 Gain 1.04 Tune I 1.05 Tune D 1.06 Mode ◎Cable Diagram Ethernet communication cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. - 280 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.58 Panasonic Electric Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series CPU FP FP Link Module Tool port on the Control unit Driver Panasonic FP AFPG801 AFPG802 AFPG803 AFPG806 FP0 FP1 FP-M Tool port on the Control unit FP2 FP2SH Tool port on the Control unit RS232C port on the Control unit RS232C port on the Control unit AFP2462 AFP2465+(AFP2803,AFP2804, FP2805) FP3 Tool port on the Control unit AFP3462 FP-e Tool port on the Control unit AFPE224300 AFPE224302 AFPE224305 AFPE214322 AFPE214325 FP10SH FP10S Tool port on the Control unit RS232C port on the Control unit AFP3462 FP7 FP-X RS232C port on the Control unit CPS3E RS232 on the CPU unit Panasonic FP7 ◎Network Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver FP FP-X Ethernet interface on CPU Panasonic FP Ethernet(TCP Slave) FP7 CPS3E Ethernet interface on CPU Panasonic FP7 Ethernet(TCP slave) ◎ Serial System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type FP FP Tool port on the Control unit AFPG801 AFPG802 Parameter Cable Your owner cable RS232C Setting RS485(2 wire) Setting Your owner cable AFPG806 AFPG803 - 281 - Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller AFPG806 FP0 FP1 FP-M Tool port on the Control unit RS232C port on the Control unit Tool port on the Control unit RS232C port on the Control unit RS232C Setting RS232C Setting Tool port on the Control unit AFP2804 RS422(4 wire) Setting Your owner cable AFP2805 RS485(2 wire) Setting Your owner cable RS232C Setting AFP3463 RS422(4 wire) Setting Tool port on the Control unit RS232C AFP3462 Your owner cable Your owner cable Your owner cable Your owner cable Setting RS232C AFPE214325 Your owner cable AFPE224305 AFPE224302 RS485(2 wire) AFPE214322 FP7 Your owner cable AFP2803 AFPE224300 FP10SH FP10S Your owner cable Setting Tool port on the Control unit FP-e Your owner cable RS232C AFP2462 AFP2465 FP3 Your owner cable Your owner cable RS232C port on the Control unit FP2 FP2SH Your owner cable Setting Tool port on the Control unit Your owner cable Your owner cable RS232C port on the Control unit RS232C Setting AFP3462 Your owner cable FP-X RS232C port on the Control unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable CPS3E RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable NOTE： 1. Only FP0 (C10CRM/C10CRS/C14CRM/C14CRS/C16T/C16CP/C32CT/C32CP) has RS232C port. 2. Only FP1 (C24/C40/C56/C72) has RS232C port. 3. Only FP1(C20R/C20T/C32T)has RS232C port. 4. AFP245 is the communication Package of FP2/FP2SH. AFP2803, AFP2084 and AFP2085 are the communications module of AFP2465. ◎ Network System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable FP FP-X Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable FP7 CPS3E Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable ◎ Serial Communication Setting Panasonic FP protocol： RS232 communication - 282 - 5 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Panasonic FP7 protocol： HMI Setting Default communication parameters: 19200, 8, odd, 1; station: 1 PLC Setting communication parameters setting: ◎Network Communication Setting Panasonic FP Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol HMI Setting - 283 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting 1. Open the Configurator WD and search the online PLC. NOTE: Configurator WD can configure PLC parameters (IP Address, Port ......). 2. Software Setting 1）Open the Control FPWIN Pro 7,build new project and select PLC type（FP-X C40T）； 2) Communication setting: [Online] → [Communication parameters... ] → Communications settings(Destination Parameters must be the same as the testing PLC Parameters ) - 284 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 3) VAR_EXTERNAL declaration NOTE: VAR_EXTERNAL must be declared; otherwise you will get some compile errors. 4) Download to the PLC Panasonic FP7 Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol HMI Settings - 285 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE： This protocol supports one HMI to one PLC communication. PLC Settings 1、communications settings NOTE： a. The range of the destination’s port number is 32769~32772. b. The destination’s port number cannot be the same as the network device setting’s port of setting. HMI 2、changed the IP address ◎Supported Device FP Series Device Bit Address - 286 - Word Address Format Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Output Relay X0.0~9999.F ------ DDDD.H Input Relay Y0.0~9999.F ------ DDDD.H Timer T0~9999 ------ DDDD Counter C0~9999 ------ DDDD Link Relay L0.0~32767.F ------ DDDDD.H Internal Auxiliary/Relay R0.0~32767.F ------ DDD.H T/C Elapsed Value ------ EV0~32767 DDDDD T/C Setting Value ------ SV0~9999 DDDD Data Register ------ DT0~99999 DDDDD Input Word ------ WX0~9999 DDDD Output Word ------ WY0~9999 DDDD Internal Auxiliary/Relay ------ WR0~32767 DDDDD Link Data Register ------ LD0~99999 DDDDD Link Relay ------ WL0~32767 DDDDD File Register ------ FL0~99999 DDDDD NOTE： 1. Example: X address: 01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the EV5000; X address: 1F in the PLC corresponds to 1.F in the EV5000.Y\R register address, and so on. 2. EV registers in the range of addresses on the touch screen can be set to 32767, but only supports the 9999 agreement. FP7 Series Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input Relay X 0.0-32767.f ------ DDDDD.H Output Relay Y0.0-32767.f ------ DDDDD.H Internal Auxiliary/Relay R0.0-32767.f ------ DDDDD.H Link Relay L0.0-32767.f ------ DDDDD.H Timer T0-4095 ------ DDDD Counter C0-1023 ------ DDDD Input word ------ WX0-511 DDD Output word ------ WY0-511 DDD Internal Auxiliary/Relay ------ WR0-32767 DDDDD Link Relay ------ WL0-32767 DDDDD File register ------ FL0-99999 DDDDD Link Data register ------ LD0-99999 DDDDD Data register ------ DT0-9829 DDDD T Setting Value ------ TS0-4095 DDDD T Elapsed Value ------ TE0-4095 DDDD C Setting Value ------ CS0-1023 DDDD C Elapsed Value ------ CE0-1023 DDDD NOTE： - 287 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Example: X address:01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the HMI;X address;1F in the PLC corresponds to 1.F in the HMI.R\Y\L register address,and so on. FP7 Ethernet(TCP Slave) Device Input Relay Bit Address X 0.0-511.f Word Address Format ------ DDD.H Output Relay Y0.0-511.f ------ DDD.H Internal Auxiliary/Relay R0.0-2047.f ------ DDDD.H Link Relay L0.0-1023.f ------ DDDD.H Timer T0-4095 ------ DDDD Counter C0-1023 ------ DDDD Error alarm relay E0-4095 ------ DDDD Input word ------ WX0-511 DDD Output word ------ WY0-511 DDD Internal Auxiliary/Relay ------ WR0-2047 DDDD Link Relay ------ WL0-1023 DDDD File register ------ FL0-99999 DDDDD Link Data register ------ LD0-16383 DDDDD Data register ------ DT0-999423 DDDDDD T Setting Value ------ TS0-4095 DDDD T Elapsed Value ------ TE0-4095 DDDD C Setting Value ------ CS0-1023 DDDD C Elapsed Value -----CE0-1023 DDDD NOTE： Example: X address:01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the HMI;X address;1F in the PLC corresponds to 1.F in the HMI.R\Y\L register address,and so on. ◎Cable Diagram RS232 communication Tool port: CPU port: - 288 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller COM port: Communication module: RS485 communication RS422 communication FP3 RS422 programming port: - 289 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Another module RS422 communication: Ethernet communication protocol cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.59 Parker Automation（Servo Controller） ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver RS232 on CPU unit Parker Compax3 Parker Compax3 Compax3 Parker SLVD Series SLVD 15NS RS485 on the CPU unit Parker SLVD Series Parker 6k 6K4 RS232 on the CPU unit Parker 6k ACR9040 ACR9040-P3-B RS232 on the CPU unit Parker ACR9000 RS485 on CPU unit ◎Ethernet Communication Series ACR9040 CPU ACR9040-P3-B Link Module Driver Ethernet interface on CPU Parker ACR9000 Series Ethernet （TCP Slave） ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type - 290 - Parameter Cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS232 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable RS422 on CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable SLVD Series RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable Parker 6k 6K4 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable ACR9040 ACR904 0-P3-B RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable Parker Compax3 Compax3 Parker SLVD Series ◎Ethernet System configuration Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable ACR9040 ACR9040-P3-B Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting Parker Compax3 protocol HMI Setting Default communication parameters: 115200, 8, none, 1; station: 1 RS232 Communication RS485-2 Communication - 291 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting NOTE: RS-485 Settings can be made in the C3 Servo Manager under “RS485 settings” RS485-2 setting: RS485-4 setting: Parker SLVD Series protocol Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0 RS422 communication - 292 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Parker 6K protocol Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, 1, none; station: 0 NOTE: Don’t support RS485 communication mode Parker ACR9000 protocol Default communication parameters: 38400bps, 8, none, 1；station NO.：0 - 293 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Parker ACR9000 Series Ethernet （TCP Slave） HMI Setting ◎Supported Device Parker Compax3 Device Bit Address Word Address Format R_Bit 0.0-9999999.31 ------ DDDDDDD.DD ------ R_Float 0.0-9999.511 DDDD.DDD ------ R_Int 0.0-9999.511 DDDD.DDD NOTE: R_Bit device is the bit format of R_Int device. The address of R_Bit device is DDDDDDD.DD, the first seven position indicate the address of R_Int, the last two positon indicate 32-bit - 294 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller SLVD Series Device Bit Address Word Address Format Pr_Bit 0-9999.15 ------ DDDD.DD Pr_Byte ------ 0-9999 DDDD Pr_Word ------ 0-9999 DDDD Pr_DWord ------ 0-9999 DDDD Note 6k Series Device Bit in register Bit Address Word Address Format Notes VARB_bit 1.00~125.31 ------ DDD Read only KILL 0 ------ S0 ------ C0 ------ PS 0 ------ HALT 0 ------ RUN 0 ------ TAS_Bit 1.01-2.32 ------ TSS_Bit 1-32 ------ TIN_Bit 1.01-3.32 ------ TOUT_Bit 1.01-3.32 -----DDD Read only The 32-bit hexadecimal value in register ------ VARB 1~125 The integer number value in register ------ VAR_Int 1~225 The real number value in register ------ VAR_Float 1~225 DDD ------ VAR 1~255 DDD ------ VARS 1~255 DDD ------ A 1~255 DDD ------ AD 1~255 DDD ------ V 1~255 DDD ------ DRIVE 1~255 DDD ------ TAS 1~2 ------ TPC 1~255 DDD ------ TPE 1~255 DDD ------ TER 0 D ------ TSS 0 D ------ TIN 1~3 D ------ TOUT 1~3 D DDDD D NOTE: VARB configuration software need to use hexadecimal data type, integer-bit to 8 bits. ACR9000 - 295 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Device Bit Address Word Address Format P_low16bit 0.0~99999.f ------ DDDDD.FF P_high16bit 0.0~99999.f ------ DDDDD.FF P_int32 ------ 0~99999 DDDDD P_float ------ 0~99999 DDDDD Notes Parker ACR9000 Series Ethernet （TCP Slave） Device Bit Address Word Address Format P_low16bit 0.0~99999.f ------ DDDDD.FF P_high16bit 0.0~99999.f ------ DDDDD.FF P_int32 ------ 0~99999 DDDDD P_float ------ 0~99999 DDDDD ◎Cable Diagram Parker Compax3 Series RS232 Communication Cable RS485-2 Communication Cable RS485-4 Communication Cable - 296 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller RS485 terminal com0/com1 1 RX6 RX+ 4 Tx9 TX+ 3 Tx7 Tx+ 8 Rx2 Rx+ 5 GND 5 GND 1 Enable 9 (+5V) SLVD Series RS485-2 Communication Cable 6k/9000 Series RS232 Communication Cable Ethernet communication protocol cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.60 PMAC Motion Controller ◎Serial Communication Series PC/104 CPU PC/104 Link Module RS232 on the CPU unit - 297 - Driver PMAC series 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎System configuration Series CPU PC/104 PC/104 Link Module RS232 on the CPU unit COMM Type Parameter RS232 Setting Cable Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting Default communication parameters: 38400bps, 8, none, 1; station: 0 ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes I variable ------ I 0-9999 DDDD R/W M variable ------ M 0-9999 DDDD R/W P variable ------ P 0-9999 DDDD R/W Q variable ------ Q 0-9999 DDDD R/W ------ I_float 0-9999 DDDD R/W I variable Float P variable Float ------ P_float 0-9999 DDDD R/W Q variable Float ------ Q_float 0-9999 DDDD R/W report position of motor ------ POS 0 D R report velocity of motor ------ VEL 0 D R report following error of motor ------ FER 0 D R common manual and programming command ------ ORD/JOG* 0-9999 DDDD W Run current program ------ RUN 0-9999 DDDD W -----DDDD W Halt program HLT 0-9999 NOTE：Some addresses in I variable devices are on with hex number, when single float number on, all bits which can’t be transformed into hex numbers will be “0” PMAC common manual commands (0) ORD/JOG 0000： j+:：continual positive rotation command - 298 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller (1) ORD/JOG 0010： (2) ORD/JOG 0020： (3) ORD/JOG 0030： (4) ORD/JOG 0040： (5) ORD/JOG 0050： (6) ORD/JOG 0060： (7) ORD/JOG 0070： (8) ORD/JOG 0080： j- ：continual reverse rotation command j/ ：stop command j=constant j：constant j^ #n home（hm）：manual reset zero commands homez（hmz）：manual reset zero position commands PMAC common programming commands (0) ORD/JOG 0100：& n (1) ORD/JOG 0110：B m R (2) ORD/JOG 0120：B m S (3) ORD/JOG 0130：A（ctrl A）：Stop movement program (4) ORD/JOG 0140：K（ctrl K）：Stop movement program and close enable signal (5) ORD/JOG 0150： Enable PLC n：Enable PLC, n indicates prog no. of PLC, range 0-31 (6) ORD/JOG 0160： Disable PLC n：Disable PLC, n indicates prog no. of PLC, range 0-31 ◎Cable Diagram RS232 Communication Cable HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal 9pin D-SUB(male) com0/com1 com2 2 RX 7 RX 3 TX 8 TX 5 GND 5 GND 3 TXD 5 RXD 9 GND 2 DTR 7 DSR 4 CTS 6 RTS 4.61 Power-one AURORA Wind Inverter ◎Serial Communication Series AURORA CPU Link Module PVI-6000-OUTD-US-W RS485 on the port Driver Aurora PV ◎System configuration Series AURO RA CPU Link Module PVI-6000-OUTD-US-W RS485 on the port ◎Communication Setting - 299 - COMM Type Parameter RS485 Setting Cable Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller HMI Setting Default communication parameters: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 2 ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Time Register（double word） ------ Time 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0 Energy Register（double word） ------ Energy 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0 Status variable Register（double word） ------ Measure 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0 Hardware version（double word） ------ Fireware 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0 Software version（double word） ------ Version 0-9999 DDDD Device sequence No.（double word） ------ SN 0-9999 DDDD Device ID（double word） ------ PN 0-9999 DDDD Device work status ------ State 0-9999 DDDD ◎Cable Diagram NOTE: AURORA Wind Inverter supports two connection modes, please refer to the manual of power-one Corporation for details. 1. Connect with RS485 port 2. Connect with RJ12 - 300 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.62 Profibus DP Slave ◎Serial Communication Series SIMATIC S7-300/400 CPU Link Module ALL CPUs that have the DP port PROFIBUS DP port on the External Device Other company devices which support PROFIBUS DP Master PROFIBUS DP port Driver Profibus DP Slave ◎System configuration Series SIMATIC S7-300/400 CPU Link Module ALL CPUs that have the DP port PROFIBUS DP port on the External Device Setting PROFIBUS DP port Setting Other company devices which support PROFIBUS DP Master ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting - 301 - Parameter SIP Type Profibus 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE：Input and Output Modules should match with Master Configuration. PLC Setting NOTE: you can find kinco.gsd in the fieldbus file of EV5000 Installation Directory, or you can download from www.kinco.cn. 1. Setup kinco.gsd file Setup GSD file in the s7-300 software. Process: （1）. Closed all the station in HW Config （2）.choose “option” > “install GSD file”. （3）.Find out the folder of eview.gsd. （4）.Choose eview.gsd, and then click the install button. You can find the ico in PROFIBUS DP\MMI, after installing 2. configuration setting (1) Make a new project in s7-300 through the guide (2) We must use OB82，OB86，OB100，OB121 and OB122 in BLOCK, or system will go wrong when PLC is power-up. (3) Double click HW Config, choose “DP” and right click “add master station”. - 302 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller (4) Right click，choose “Insert Object” Click “Kinco_MT5K_ProfibusDP_V1.0”，set address. NOTE: the address No. of DP master station and slave can not be same. (5) Input and output setting - 303 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller (6) Profibus DP Slave has adaption function，you can change the transmission rate of DP master station, maximum is 12Mbps. (7) Double click slave ico, then set User_Prm_Data (0) =01 - 304 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Direct I/O Input LW.B8500.0~8615.F ———— DDDD.H Direct I/O Output LW.B8000.0~8115.F ———— Notes DDDD.H Direct I/O Input ———— LW8500~8615 DDDD correspond PIW Direct I/O Output ———— LW8000~8115 DDDD correspond PQW Direct I/O Input ———— LW8500~8615(Data width is dword) DDDD correspond PID Direct I/O Output ———— LW8000~8115(Data width is dword) DDDD correspond PQD NOTE: When use either PID or PQD, you must set User_Prm_Data (0) =1 if HMI communication with the DP port of Siemens; Other company devices which support PROFIBUS DP Master, default User_Prm_Data (0) =0. ◎Cable Diagram A-type violet cable 4.63 RF-IC (Card Reader) ◎Serial Communication - 305 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Series RF-IC CPU Link Module RF-IC Driver RS232 on the CPU unit RF-IC ◎System configuration Series RF-IC CPU RF-IC Link Module COMM Type RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Parameter Setting Cable Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Bit LB 8999 ------ DDDD ------ LW 8900 DDDD NOTE: LB8999 means bar code has received or not. LB8999=1 means data has received. ◎Cable Diagram 4.64 RKC Instrument INC. ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver RKC CH CH402WK02-VV*AN-5N CPU direct RKC CH402 - 306 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RKC CH CH402WK02-V V*AN-5N RS485 the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1 RS485 communication PLC Setting Press “SET” key and “﹤R/S” key at one time,then press the SET key and select parameters: Add Address *1 bPS Baudrate *2 bIT data instruction *3 InT transmission delay *4 *1: Two bits ASCII code. Example 23, instrument number must 23(32H 33H) *2: Baudrate controlled by code as below; default value: 2 0：2400 bps 1：4800 bps 2：9600 bps 3：19200 bps *3: data instruction controlled by code as below; default value: 0 ID Data bit parity stop bit 0 8 none 1 1 8 none 2 2 7 odd 1 3 7 odd 2 - 307 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4 5 7 7 even even 1 2 ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Alarm 1 status AA: 0 ------ D Read only Burnout B1: 0 ------ D Read only PID control/Autotuning G1: 0 ------ D R/W Alarm 2 status AB: 0 ------ D Read only RUN/STOP transfer SR: 0 ------ D R/W Self-tuning G2:0 ------ D R/W Measured value ------ M1: 0 D Read only Current transfomer input1 ------ M2: 0 D Read only Current transfomer input2 ------ M3: 0 D Read only Error code ------ ER: 0 D Read only Set value(SV1) ------ S1: 0 D R/W Alarm 1 setting ------ A1: 0 D R/W Alarm 2 setting ------ A2: 0 D R/W Heater break alarm 1 setting ------ A3: 0 D R/W Heater break alarm 2 setting ------ A4: 0 D R/W Control loop break alarm ------ A5: 0 D R/W Heat-side proportional band ------ P1: 0 D R/W Integral time ------ I1: 0 D R/W Derivative time ------ D1: 0 D R/W Anti-reset windup ------ W1: 0 D R/W Cool-side proportional band ------ P2: 0 D R/W Overlap/deadband ------ V1: 0 D R/W Heat-side proportioning cycle ------ T0: 0 D R/W Cool-side proportioning cycle ------ T1: 0 D R/W PV bias ------ PB: 0 D R/W Set data lock function ------ LK: 0 D R/W ◎Cable Diagram RS485 Communication Cable CAN bus Communication Cable - 308 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.65 Saia-Burgess ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module PCS PCS1.C8 RS232 on the CPU unit PCD PCD2.M110 PCD2.M120 PCD2.M150 PCD2.M170 PCD2.M480 RS232 on the CPU unit Driver Saia SBus ◎Systems Configuration Series CPU PCS PCS1.C8 PCD PCD2.M110 Link Module COMM Type Parameter RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 80 RS232 communication - 309 - Cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485 communication ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input I0-8091 ------ DDDDD Output O0-8091 ------ DDDDD Flag F0-8091 ------ DDDD Timer ------ T0-1599 DDDD Counter ------ C0-1599 DDDD Register ------ R0-4095 DDDD ------ R_Float0-4095 DDDD Register（support single float point） ◎Cable Diagram PCS1.C8 RS232 communication cable HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal 9 pin D-SUB (male) com0/com1 com2 2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD 3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD 5 GND 5 GND 5 GND RS485 communication cable - 310 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PCD2.M110 RS232 communication cable 4.66 Sailsors D9 (Temperature Controller) ◎Serial Communication Series Sailsors D9 CPU Link Module Driver Swp-T16-80-08-N RS232 on the CPU unit Sailsors D9 ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module Sailsors D9 Swp-T16-80-08-N RS485 on the CPU unit COM Type RS485 ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 80 RS485 communication - 311 - Parameter Setting Cable Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Channel Sample Value ------ CH 0~16 DD Channel Indexing ------ SN 1~16 DD Notes ◎Cable Diagram RS485 communication cable 4.67 Schneider Electric, Ltd. ◎Serial Communication Series Micro CPU TSX3705001 TSX 37 05 028DR1 TSX 37 08 056DR1 TSX 37 10 128DT1 TSX 37 10 128DR1 TSX 37 10 128DTK1 TSX 37 10 164DTK1 TSX 37 10 028AR1 Link Module TER port on the CPU - 312 - Driver Schneider Modicon Uni-TelWay Modbus RTU 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller TSX 37 10 028DR1 TSX 37 21 101 TSX 37 22 101 TSX 37 21 001 TSX 37 22 001 Premium Nano Twido TSX P57 103M TSX P57 153M TSX P57 203M TSX P57 253M TSX P57 303M TSX P57 353M TSX P57 453M TER port on the CPU TSX 07 3L 28 TSX 07 30 10 TSX 07 31 16 TSX 07 31 24 TSX 07 32 28 TSX 07 33 28 Programming port on CPU TWD LCAA 10DRF TWD LCAA 16DRF TWD LCAA 24DRF TWD LMDA 20DTK TWD LMDA 20DUK TWD LMDA 20DRT TWD LMDA 40DTK TWD LMDA 40DUK RS485 on the CPU unit Schneider Twido Modbus RTU ◎System configuration Series CPU Modicon TSX TSX3705001 TSX3705001 TSX 37 05 028DR1 TSX 37 08 056DR1 TSX 37 10 128DT1 TSX 37 10 128DR1 TSX 37 10 128DTK1 TSX 37 10 164DTK1 TSX 37 10 028AR1 TSX 37 10 028DR1 TSX 37 21 101 TSX 37 22 101 TSX 37 21 001 TSX 37 22 001 Link Module RS485 on the CPU unit Driver Schneider Modicon Uni-TelWay - 313 - COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller TSX3705001 TSX3705001 TSX 37 05 028DR1 TSX 37 08 056DR1 TSX 37 10 128DT1 TSX 37 10 128DR1 TSX 37 10 128DTK1 TSX 37 10 164DTK1 TSX 37 10 028AR1 TSX 37 10 028DR1 TSX 37 21 101 TSX 37 22 101 TSX 37 21 001 TSX 37 22 001 Twido TWD LCAA 10DRF TWD LCAA 16DRF TWD LCAA 24DRF TWD LMDA 20DTK TWD LMDA 20DUK TWD LMDA 20DRT TWD LMDA 40DTK TWD LMDA 40DUK RS485 on the CPU unit Modbus RTU RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting Schneider Modicon Uni-TelWay protocol Default communication：9600, 8, odd, 1; station:1 RS232 communication NOTE: Cable by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 2(TER Direct) RS485 communication - 314 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Modbus RTU protocol Default communication：9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1 RS232 communication NOTE: Cable by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 3(OTHER Direct) RS485 communication - 315 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting PL7 software setting 1. Start menu“modicum telemecanique” “XWAY Driver Manager” to set communication parameter 2. Pop-up to select “UNITELWAY Driver””Configuration””Edit” to modify communication parameter 3. Press ”OK” and pop up the following tips - 316 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4. And then click ”XWAY Test””Connect”, if the connection is successful, it will clue “Connected” 5. Open the PL7 software”Create new project” click “Hardware configuration”double-click pop-up window “Comm” Unitel-way protocol setting as follow: - 317 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Modbus RTU protocol setting as follow: 6. Setting up the configuration and download the project to the PLC Schneider Twido Modbus RTU protocol Default communication: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 1 NOTE: Cable by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 2(TER Direct). RS232 communication - 318 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485 communication PLC Setting 1. Specify a large number for the internal word in the “Controller Memory Use Edit” and load the configuration into the PLC to open the memory area for the words. If set the internal word 3000, you can use address of MW before 3000. - 319 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. You must program a coil with maximum address to open the memory area for the Bits. If you program a coil with 127 addresses, then the address before 127 can be used. ◎Supported Device Modicon TSX Device Bit Address Word Address Format Internal Relay S00000-32767 ------ DDDDD Auxiliary Relay M00000-32767 ------ DDDDD Data Register Relay MW.B0000-9999.F ------ DDDD.H Data register ------ MW0000-7999 DDDD Data register double word ------ MD0000-7999 DDDD Notes Twido Device Bit Address Word Address Format Output Relay 0X 1-9999 ------ DDDD Input Relay (read only) 1X 1-9999 ------ DDDD Input Register (read only) ------ 3X 1-9999 DDDD Notes 4X 1-9999 DDDD Output Register -----NOTE: The M register in the software of TWIDO corresponds to 0X in the ev5000 software; MW corresponds to 4X.The HMI’s address must plus 1 to correspond with the address of PLC. e.g.: M0 corresponds to 0X1. Don’t use 1X, 3X device, because there is no correspondence with the PLC. ◎Cable Diagram Uni-TelWay protocol RS232 communication cable Cable recommended by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 2(TER Direct)（Add a direct line） RS485 communication cable Modicon modbus protocol RS232 communication cable - 320 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC software setting: “Hardware Configuration”double click “Ccom” to select “MODBUS/BUS LINK”; others are default parameters. Cable recommended by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 3 (OTHER Direct) RS485 communication cable PLC software setting: “Hardware Configuration”double click “Ccom” to select “ MODBUS/BUS LINK”; Others are default parameters. Schneider Twido Modbus RTU protocol RS232 communication cable Cable recommended by Schneider Electric Industries RS485 communication cable 4.68 SHIMADEN ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver FP23 FP23 RS485 on the CPU unit SHIMADEN FP23 MR13 FP23 RS485 on the CPU unit SHIMADEN MR13 ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter FP23 FP23 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable MR13 MR13 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting - 321 - Cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller SHIMADEN FP23 Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1 SHIMADEN MR13 HMI Settings Default communication parameters of HMI NOTE: When communicating with COM mode, you should first put the 18C address 1, and then open the COM communication mode to communicate successfully. The bool element address is set to 1.18C, as shown in the following figure: - 322 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Settings Please refer to relevant instructions of communication equipment for related parameter settings. ◎ Supported Device FP23 Device Bit Address Word Address Format Ctrl_Write 184-252 ------ HHH Sequence code(Read Only) ------ Array Code 0-3 H Basic parameter value（Read Only） ------ Basic_Read 00-42 HH OUT1_W,OUT2_W(Write Only) ------ Out_Write 0-1 H PV1，PV2（Read Only） ------ PV_Read 0-1 H Reference（Read & Write） ------ Reference 300-952 HHH State instructions(Write Only) Basic_Read operatable address PLC addr （HEX） Parameter R/W Parameters mean 00H PV_W Read Measurements 01H SV_W Read Setting value 02H OUT1_W Read Output1 value 03H OUT2_W Read Output2 value 04H EXE_FLG Read Execute_flag（no execute=0） 05H EV_FLG Read Event_flag（no event output 0000） 06H Reserve Read value:0000H 07H EXE_PID Read Execute_PID No. 09H HB_W Read Heater break alarm 0AH HL_W Read Heater loop alarm 0BH DI_FLG Read DI status flag 10H UNIT Read Measurement unit 11H RANGE Read Measuring range 12H CJ Read Cold junction compensation 0=Internal 1=External 13H DP Read 14H SC_L Read PV lower limit side scaling 15H SC_H Read PV higher limit side scaling 16H DPFLG Read 0=show 1=cancel 20H E_PRG Read Execute flag of program 21H E_PTN Read Execution step No. of step loop 22H Reserve Read Reserve 23H 24H E_RPT Read Curve repeat time E_STP Read Execution count of step loop 25H E_TIM Read Step time 26H E_PID Read PID No. execution Decimal position, 0=none 1=0.1 2=0.01 3=0.001 4=0.0001 - 323 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 29H E_STPRPT Read Number of steps 42H POSI Read Seven switches（feedback 0-100） Ctrl_Write operatable address example PLC addr（HEX） Parameter R/W Parameters mean 184H AT write Execution automatically adjustment 0：OFF1：ON 18CH COM write Communication Protocol：0: LOC 1: COM Reference operatable address example PLC Addr（HEX） Parameter R/W 300H FIX_SV R/W Parameters mean FIX mode SV: in the limit range of SV R/W PB21 ratio coefficient：0.0 to 999.9％(0.0=OFF) 460H About device address details, please refer to the FP23 communication protocol. Show: H indicates HEX Note: 1、Setting the parameters of ADDR address, the settings must be the same as the corresponding PLC station. 2、When Connecting multiple instruments, for distinguishing instruments, each instrument must be set different ADDR value. MR13 Device Bit Address Word Address Format State instructions(Write Ctrl_Write ------- HHH Only) 1.184-3.252 Sequence Only) Notes code(Read ------- Array Code1.000-3.003 D.HHH Basic parameter value （Read Only） ------- Basic_Read 1.000-3.042 D.HHH OUT1_W,OUT2_W(W rite Only) ------- Out_Write 1.000-3.001 D.HHH PV1，PV2（Read Only） ------- PV_Read 1.000-3.002 D.HHH PV1(1.0;2.0;3.0) PV2(1.1;2.1;3.1) PV3(1.2;2.2;3.2) Reference （ Read & Write） ------- Reference 1.100-3.952 D.HHH settings settings （Example: In address 1.184, “1” is the channel address, “2” is the control address, and the communication mode is chosen as the public address, regardless of the channel. The address is set to 1.184(AT mode)and1.18C(COM mode) by default.） Basic_Read 可操作地址 Examples: Address “1.2” ,”1” is the channel address, and “2” is the control address PLC Address （HEX） Parameter Read/Write Meanings of Parameter 01H SV_W Read Setting values 02H OUT_W Read Limits of output control - 324 - Remark /Example for 3 channel address 1.1；2.1；3.1(setting values of three channels) 1.2；2.2；3.2 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 07H EXE_FLG EV_FLG Retain EXE_PID Read Read Read Read 09H HB_W Read 0AH HL_W DI_FLG UNIT Read Read Read 14H RANGE CJ DP SC_L Read Read Read Read 15H SC_H Read 16H DPFLG E_PRG E_PTN Read Read Read 24H Retain E_RPT E_STP Read Read Read 25H E_TIM Read 26H E_PID Read 29H E_STPRPT POSI Read Read 04H 05H 06H 0BH 10H 11H 12H 13H 20H 21H 22H 23H 42H Execution flag Event output flag bit The value is fixed to 0000H The current executed PID number Heater disconnection alarm value Undercurrent alarm value DI switch status flag bit Non execution =0 Non event output=0000 0=℃;1=℉;2=% 3=K; 4=NONE Measuring range Cold junction compensation Position of decimal point Lower limit of measuring range Higher limit of measuring range Digital decimal place Program execution tagging The currently executed curve number 0=Internal；1=External 0=None；1=0.1；2=0.01...... 0=Display ; 1=Cancel Retain Curve repeat number Current executed step of the curve The remaining time of the current executed step The current executed PID number Program execution steps Seven switching quantities Ctrl_Write：Operable address examples PLC Address （HEX） 184H Parameter AT Read/Write Remark /Example for 3 channel address Write Self-tuning function， 0=OFF;1=0N 18CH COM Write COM function：0=Local; 1=COM （Example: In address 1.184, “1” is the channel address, “2” is the control address, and the communication mode is chosen as the public address, regardless of the channel. The address is set to 1.184(AT mode)and1.18C(COM mode) by default. Reference：Operable address examples PLC Address Parameter Read/Write - 325 - 备注/地址 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller （HEX） 100H 101H 184H 18CH ... 8C2 PV(Measuring values ) E_SV(Setting values) AT(Self tuning) COM(Communication state ) ... Read Read Write Write ... ... The ninth step number of PID Read/Write 1.8C2，2.8C2，3.8C2 Example: 1.100；2.100；3.100 Example: 1.101；2.101；3.101 0：Stop；1：Execute 0：Local communication 1：COM Communication Example: In address 1.184, “1” is the channel address, “2” is the control address, and the communication mode is chosen as the public address, regardless of the channel. The address is set to 1.184(AT mode)and1.18C(COM mode) by default. For other parameters, refer to 《mr13 communication protocol 》, at the sixth section of the communication data address table. Notice: 1.When you set the parameter address of communication,the setting value must be the same as the station number of the corresponding PLC. 2.In the case of connecting multiple meters, a different parameter address value is required for each instrument to distinguish between different instruments. ◎ Cable Diagram FP23 FP23 programmable PID regulator of 8 point and 10 point must be shorted or communications failure RS485 communication cable MR13 RS485-2:Communication cable - 326 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.69 SIEMENS ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module CPU212 CPU214 CPU215 CPU216 CPU221 CPU222 CPU224 CPU226 CPU224 XP CN CPU226 XP CN RS485 on the CPU unit S7-200 SMART CR40 SR20 RS485 on the CPU unit S7-300 CPU312IFM CPU313 CPU313C CPU314 CPU314IFM CPU315 CPU315-2 DP CPU316 CPU316-2 DP CPU318-2 MPI port on the CPU unit S7-200 Driver SIEMENS S7-200 SIEMENS S7-300/400 Adapter Direct) S7-400 CPU412-1 CPU412-2 DP CPU412-3H CPU413-1 CPU413-2 DP CPU414-1 CPU414-2 DP CPU414-3 DP CPU416-1 CPU416-2 DP CPU416-3 DP CPU417-4 MPI port on the CPU unit S7-300 CPU312IFM CPU313 CPU313C CPU314 MPI port on the CPU unit SIEMENS Direct) *1 - 327 - S7-300/400 SIEMENS MPI*2 (PC (MPI 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller CPU314IFM CPU315 CPU315-2 DP CPU316 CPU316-2 DP CPU318-2 1. *1 :The protocol is suitable for the MT5020 series with MPI extended port. This protocol supports multi HMI to multi PLC communication 2. *2 : The protocol is suitable for the MT4000 series HMI in 2013 November factory. This protocol supports one HMI to one PLC communication NOTE ◎ Ethernet Communication (Direct online simulation disable) Series CPU Link Module SIMATIC S7-200 CPU222 CPU224 CPU224 XP CPU226 SMART S7-200 CR40 SR20 Ethernet interface on CPU SIMATIC S7-1200 CPU1214C CPU SIMATIC S7-1500 CPU1511-1 PN CPU CPU315-2DP CP 343-1 IT CP 343-1 SIMATIC S7-300 SIMATIC S7-400 CPU315-2 PN/DP CPU317-2 PN/DP CPU319-3 PN/DP CPU412-1 CPU412-2 DP CPU412-3H CPU413-1 CPU413-2 DP CPU414-1 CPU414-2 DP CPU414-3 DP CPU416-1 CPU416-2 DP CPU416-3 DP CPU417-4 CPU414-3 PN/DP CPU416-3 PN/DP CP 243-1 IT CP 243-1 Driver SIEMENS S7-200 Ethernet (TCP Slave) SIEMENS S7-200 SMART Ethernet (TCP Slave) SIEMENS S7-1200 /1500 Ethernet (TCP Slave) Ethernet interface on CPU SIEMENS S7-300 Ethernet (TCP Slave) CP 443-1 IT CP 443-1 SIEMENS Ethernet (TCP Slave) - 328 - S7-400 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller SIEMENS LOGO! CPU414-3 PN/DP CPU416-3 PN/DP Ethernet interface on CPU 6ED1 052-1MD00-0AB8 Ethernet interface on CPU SIEMENS LOGO! Ethernet(TCP Slave) ◎BUS Communication Please refer to 4.59 Profibus DP Slave. ◎Serial System configuration Series CPU S7-200 CPU222 CPU224 CPU226 CPU224 XP CN CPU226 XP CN RS485 on the CPU unit S7-200 SMART CR40 SR20 S7-300 S7-400 Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable CPU312IFM CPU313 CPU313C CPU314 CPU314IFM CPU315 CPU315-2 DP CPU316 CPU316-2 DP CPU318-2 MPI port on the CPU unit RS232 S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct) protocol Setting Your owner cable RS485 S7-300/400 (MPI Direct) protocol Setting Your owner cable CPU412-1 CPU412-2 DP CPU412-3H CPU413-1 CPU413-2 DP CPU414-1 CPU414-2 DP CPU414-3 DP CPU416-1 CPU416-2 DP CPU416-3 DP CPU417-4 MPI port on the CPU unit RS485 SIEMENS MPI protocol Setting Your owner cable RS232 S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct) protocol Setting Your owner cable RS485 S7-300/400 (MPI Direct) protocol ◎Ethernet System configuration - 329 - Setting Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Series Link Module Connect Type SIMATIC S7-200 CPU222 CPU224 CPU224 XP CPU226 CP 243-1 IT CP 243-1 SIMATIC S7-200 SMART CR40 SR20 Ethernet interface CPU SIMATIC S7-1200 CPU1214C CPU SIMATIC S7-1500 CPU1511-1 PN CPU CPU315-2DP CP 343-1 IT CP 343-1 CPU315-2 PN/DP CPU317-2 PN/DP CPU319-3 PN/DP Ethernet interface CPU CPU412-3H SIMATIC S7-300 SIMATIC S7-400 SIEMENS LOGO! CPU 6ED1 052-1MD00-0AB 8 Parameter Cable Ethernet Setting Your owner cable Ethernet Setting Your owner cable Ethernet Setting Your owner cable Ethernet Setting Your owner cable CP 443-1 IT CP 443-1 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable on on 6 ◎Serial Communication Setting SIEMENS S7-200 protocol Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, 1, even; station No.: 2. NOTE: HMI Baudrate can reach to187.5k, but don’t support online simulate for187.5K. RS232 communication RS485 communication - 330 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct) protocol HMI Setting Default communication parameters: 19200bps, 8, 2, odd; station：2 RS232 communication - 331 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: 1. If you use MT5-S7-300 adapter to communicate, the baudrate of PLC must be 187.5K, and HMI must be 19.2K 2. If we use PC adapter, PLC station No. is not necessary, so the communication is one-to-one. 3. DB block must be created, otherwise the relevant registers can not write (DB.DBX, DB.DBW, DB.DBD). DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD address start must be an even number. PLC Setting 1. Production of the adapter with KINCO, MPI transmission rate must be set 187.5K. 19.2K general users of the transmission rate, if the S7-300 MPI-side transmission rate is 19.2K, you need to change it into the Siemens adapter 187.5K (where changes in the hardware properties) 2. MPI address must be 2. - 332 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 3. After the software change, downloaded to PLC, make sure the transmission rate of MPI is 187.5K, and then in the options set PG / PC interface, select PC Adapter (MPI), MPI-side of the transfer rate will be changed to 187.5K. - 333 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct) protocol HMI Setting NOTE: 1. This protocol is suitable for MT5020 series with MPI extended port. - 334 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. This protocol supports multi-station communication, and the MPI is RS485 port, so we can use this protocol to communicate between many HMI and PLC, and then we must set the master station number. 3. HMI station No. can be 0~15, PLC station No. must be 0~15, the station No. of HMI and PLC can not be the same number. 4. PLC baud rate can be 187.5K or 19.2K. 5. You must set DB first, or register cannot write（DB.DBX, DB.DBW, DB.DBD. The initial address of DBm.DBW and DBm.DBD must be even number. 6. This protocol doesn’t support direct simulation and indirect simulation. PLC Setting 1. PLC station No. can be 0~15. 2. MPI baud rate can be 19.2k or 187.5k. SIEMENS MPI Direct protocol HMI setting Default parameter:19200bps, 8, none, 1; station number:2 - 335 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC setting PLC station No. can be 2-15, MPI baud rate can be 19.2k or 187.5k NOTE: 1. You should set DB block first, otherwise the registers as DB.DBX,DB.DBW and DB.DBD cannot write. 2. This protocol supports one HMI to one PLC communication ◎Ethernet Communication Setting SIEMENS S7-200 Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol HMI Setting - 336 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting The settings for the CP 243-1 are defined in STEP 7 Micro/WIN via the Ethernet Wizard. For assistance with all the information go to STEP 7 Micro/WIN Online Help via F1. 1. Starting the Ethernet Wizard Open STEP 7 Micro/WIN Start the Ethernet Wizard via “Tools >Ethernet Wizard….” Click on “Next” 2. Specifying module position If your PC is connected to the S7-200, click the “Read modules” button to determine the position of the CP 243-1 module automatically. Otherwise, the module position can also be entered manually. Important: The panel can only establish a connection with a Cp243-1 if the module is configured to “position 0”. Check if the CP is connected in the module position “ZERO” and change the module position if necessary. Identify or enter the module position “ZERO”. Click on “Next”. - 337 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 3. Specifying IP address 3.0 Define an IP address for the CP 243-1. Caution:The IP address for this application may not be taken automatically from a server because the panel requires a fixed reference partner (CP 243-1) for the Ethernet communication. Note: The communication connection type for this module can be defined by the “Automatic Setting”. 4.0 Click on “Next” to continue. 4. Parameterizing PtP connection 5.0 Specify the command byte for the module and the number of point-to-point connections with the CP 243-1 . 6.0 Click on “Next”. - 338 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 5. Configuration connection 7.0 The configuration for connecting the CP 243-1 to the panel must be defined as in Fig.. 8.0 Click OK to confirm the entries. Warning: The TSAP must always be specified in four-digit format, with a leading zero (02.00). 6. Using CRC protection Set the CRC protection the way you want it. It is advisable to work without CRC protection first of all. The “Keep Alive Interval” can be specified with the default time. 9.0 Activate the CRC protection and change the time of the “Keep Alive Interval” if required. 10.0 Click on “Next”. - 339 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 7. Assigning memory 11.0 Specify a memory area for the configuration of the CP 243-1. Recommend: If you click on Suggest address, the Wizard can identify a variable memory area. Note: The register used in the panel must be out of the memory area for the configuration. 12.0 Click on “Next”. 8. Creating project components If you click on “Close”, the Ethernet Wizard generates the project components for the set configuration. Among other things, subprograms and the variable memory are created in the data block. - 340 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 9. Confirm message 13.0 Click “Yes” to confirm the message that appears. 10. Call ETH0_CTRL 14.0 In your STEP 7 Micro/WIN program, you must call the ETH0_CTRL subroutine in each cycle. 15.0 Finally, load the entire configuration into the S7-200. SIEMENS S7-200 SMART Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol HMI Setting - 341 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller SIEMENS S7-1200 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol HMI Setting PLC Setting 1. Modify the IP address a. Setting IP in “General”“Profinet interface” b. After configuration, download device. Download in the first time, select the “Extended download to device”, in the dialog to select show all accessible devices. - 342 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller c. Select the device, press “Load”. 2. Build the data block Portal10： Data block must be created, otherwise the relevant registers can not write (DB.DBX, DB.DBW, DB.DBD). Double-click “Add new block” For example, add new block “DB10”, setting as follow - 343 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: 1. Make sure the data type of PLC same as the HMI when defining the data block. For example, if the data type of PLC is REAL, then the data type of number input/display component must be float in HMI. 2. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to DB5.DBW34 or more. Portal13： 1. Must disable “Optimized block access” in the DB block properties-[general]-[Attributes]. - 344 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. Must enable “Permit access with PUT/GET communication from remote partner (PLC, HMI, OPC, …)” in the CPU properties-[General]-[Protection]. SIEMENS S7-300 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol HMI Setting PLC Setting 1. In “HW configuration” insert CP300 industrial Ethernet. - 345 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. Set IP address in the Properties of CP343-1. 3. After HW configuration, download. SIEMENS S7-400 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol HMI Setting - 346 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: Dual redundant parameters configuration of S7-400 Ethernet communication 16.0 The station No. is composed of two parts: track No. and slot No., and station No. is a byte, the track No. is the high 4 bits, and the slot No. is the low 4 bits. For example, the station No. is 0x03 in hex, that is to say, the track No. is 0 and CPU slot No. is 3. 17.0 Protocol timeout 1 stands for IP address of redundancy PLC. For example, if the IP address is 192.168.100.240, corresponding to the hex value 0xC0A864F8, then transfer this value to decimal, it is 3232261368. 18.0 Protocol timeout 2 stands for tack No. and Slot No. of redundant PLC, for example, if the Protocol timeout 2 is 19, corresponding to the 0x13 in hex, that is to say the track No. is 1 and slot No. is 3. 19.0 When configuring PLC in HMI program, just need to configure one PLC but not two. - 347 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting 1. In the hardware configuration, insert CP400 Ethernet module CP443-1： 2. Open the Properties of CP443-1, set the IP address. No need to set MAC address. 3. Download after finishing hardware configuration SIEMENS LOGO! Ethernet(TCP Slave) HMI Setting - 348 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting Set the same parameters as the HMI dose. ◎Supported Device S7-200 Device Bit Address Word Address Format S.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DDD.O SM.B 0.0-549.7 ------ DDDD.O Counter Relay Cnt 0-255 ------ DDD.O Timer Relay Tim 0-255 ------ DDD.O V.B 0.0-10238.7 ------ DDDDD.O Internal Memory Relay M.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DDDDD.O Discrete outputs and image Relay Q.B 0.0-15.7 ------ DDDDD.O Discrete inputs and image Relay I.B 0.0-15.7 ------ DDDDD.O AQW 0-62 DD Analog Inputs ----------- AIW 0-62 DD SCR double word ------ SD 0-28 DD SCR ------ SW 0-30 DD Special memory double word ------ SMD 0-546 DDD Special memory ------ SMW 0-548 DDD Internal memory double word ------ MD 0-28 DD Internal memory ------ MW 0-30 DD Discrete outputs and image register double word ------ QD 0-12 DD Discrete outputs and image register ------ QW 0-14 DD Discrete inputs and image register double word ------ ID 0-12 DD Discrete inputs and image register ------ IW 0-14 DD Timer（Current Value） ------ Cnt 0-255 DDD Counter（Current Value） ------ Tim 0-255 DDD V memory double word ------ VD 0-10236 DDDDD V memory NOTE：VW、VD address must be an even number ------ VW 0-10238 DDDDD SCR Special memory Relay V Relay Analog Outputs SIEMENS S7-200 Ethernet(TCP Slave) Device Bit Address - 349 - Word Address Format Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller V Relay V.B 0.0-20479.7 ------ DDDD.O Internal Memory Relay M.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O Discrete outputs and image Relay Q.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O Discrete inputs and image Relay Special memory Relay I.B 0.0-31.7 SM.B 0.0-1535.7 ----------- DD.O DDDD.O S.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O Internal memory double word ------ MD 0-28 DD Internal memory ------ MW 0-30 DD Discrete outputs and image register double word ------ QD 0-28 DD Discrete outputs and image register ------ QW 0-30 DD Discrete inputs and image register double word ------ ID 0-28 DD Discrete inputs and image register ------ IW 0-30 DD V memory double word ------ VD 0-20478 DDDD V memory ------ VW 0-20476 DDDD SCR SIEMENS S7-200 SMART Ethernet(TCP Slave) Bit Address Word Address Format V.B 0.0-20479.7 ------ DDDD.O Internal Memory Relay M.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O Discrete outputs and image Relay Q.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O Discrete inputs and image Relay Special memory Relay I.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O SM.B 0.0-1535.7 ------ DDDD.O S.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O Internal memory double word C.FLAG 0-255 ------ DDD Internal memory T.FLAG 0-255 ------ DDD ------ MD 0-28 DD ------ MW 0-30 DD Discrete inputs and image register double word ------ QD 0-28 DD Discrete inputs and image register ------ QW 0-30 DD V memory double word ------ ID 0-28 DD V memory ------ IW 0-30 DD V Relay ------ Cnt 0-255 DDD Internal Memory Relay ------ Tim 0-255 DDD Discrete outputs and image Relay ------ VD 0-20478 DDDD Discrete inputs and image Relay ------ VW 0-20476 DDDD Device V Relay SCR Discrete outputs and register double word image Discrete register image outputs and - 350 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct) Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes External Input node I 0.0~511.7 ------ DDDD.O External Output node Q 0.0~511.7 ------ DDDD.O Internal assistant node M 0.0~4095.7 ------ DDDD.O Data Register Relay node DBm.DBX 0~65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:10~60 Data Register Relay ------ DBm.DBW 0-65534 DDDDD m:10~60 Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBm.DBD 0-65532 DDDDD m:10~60 Internal Relay Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MW 0~2046 DDDD ------ MD 0~2044 DDDD External Output Relay ------ QW 0~126 DDD External Output Relay (32 bit) ------ QD 0~124 DDD External Input Relay ------ IW 0~126 DDD External Input Relay (32 bit) ------ ID 0~124 DDD NOTE: 1. The initial address of DBm.DBW and DBm.DBD must be even number. 2. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to DB5.DBW34 or more. SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct)& SIEMENS MPI Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes External Input node I 0.0~255.7 ------ DDDD.O External Output node Q 0.0~255.7 ------ DDDD.O Internal assistant node M 0.0~8191.7 ------ DDDD.O Data Register Relay node DBm.DBX 0.0~65533.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:1~60 Data Register Relay node DBn.DBX 100000.0~409665535.7 ------ DDDDD.O n:1~4096 Counter ------ C 0~2047 DDD Timer ------ T 0~2047 DDD Internal Relay ------ MW 0~8190 DDDD External Output Relay ------ QW 0~254 DDD External Input Relay ------ IW 0~254 DDD Internal Relay ------ MD 0~8188 DDDD External Output Relay ------ QD 0~252 DDD External Input Relay ------ ID 0~252 DDD Data Register Relay ------ DBm.DBW 0~65532 DDDDD m:1~60 Data Register Relay (32 ------ DBm.DBD 0~65532 DDDDD m:1~60 - 351 - *1 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller bit) Data Register Relay ------ DBn_DBW 100000-409665534 DDDDDDDDD n:1~4096 Data Register Relay (32 ------ DBn_DBD 100000-409665532 DDDDDDDDD n:1~4096 bit) NOTE: 1. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First four data formats for data block number, the address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000 software addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4 2. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number. 3. *1 T/C registers are read only. 4. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to DB5.DBW34 or more. SIEMENS S7-1200 Ethernet(TCP Slave) Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes External Input node I 0.0~127.7 ------ DDDD.O External Output node Q 0.0~127.7 ------ DDDD.O Internal assistant node M 0.0~2047.7 ------ DDDD.O Data Register Relay node DBn_DBX 100000.0~25565535.7 ------ DDDDDDDD.O Data Register Relay node DBm_DBX 0.0~65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:1~10 Data Register Relay ------ DBn_DBW 100000-25565534 DDDDDDDD n:1~255 Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBn_DBD 100000-25565532 DDDDDDDD n:1~255 Data Register Relay ------ DBm_DBW 0-65534 DDDDD Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBm_DBD 0-65532 DDDDD Internal Relay Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MW 0~2046 DDDD ------ MD 0~2044 DDDD External Output Relay ------ QW 0~126 DDD External Output Relay (32 bit) ------ QD 0~124 DDD External Input Relay ------ IW 0~126 DDD External Input Relay (32 bit) ------ ID 0~124 DDD m:1~10 NOTE: 1. EV5000 in the DB register corresponds to the definition of S7-1200 software, the absolute address of DB, rather than the global symbol DB. - 352 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number, the address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000 software addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4 3. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number. 4. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to DB5.DBW34 or more. SIEMENS S7-300 Ethernet(TCP Slave) Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes External Input node I 0.0~2047.7 ------ DDDD.O External Output node Q 0.0~2047.7 ------ DDDD.O Internal assistant node M 0.0~2047.7 ------ DDDD.O Data Register Relay node DBn_DBX 100000.0~25565535.7 ------ DDDDDDDD.O Data Register Relay node DBm_DBX 0.0~65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:1~10 Data Register Relay ------ DBn_DBW 100000-25565534 DDDDDDDD n:1~255 Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBn_DBD 100000-25565532 DDDDDDDD n:1~255 Data Register Relay ------ DBm_DBW 0-65534 DDDDD Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBm_DBD 0-65532 DDDDD Internal Relay Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MW 0~2046 DDDD ------ MD 0~2044 DDDD External Output Relay ------ QW 0~2046 DDD External Output Relay (32 bit) ------ QD 0~2044 DDD External Input Relay ------ IW 0~2046 DDD External Input Relay (32 bit) ------ ID 0~2044 DDD m:1~10 NOTE: 1. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number, the address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000 software addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4 2. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number. 3. The data type of MB, IB, QB registers can’t be set to signed int. 4. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to DB5.DBW34 or more. SIEMENS S7-400 Ethernet(TCP Slave) Device Bit Address Word Address - 353 - Format Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller External Input node I 0.0~255.7 ------ DDD.O External Output node Q 0.0~255.7 ------ DDD.O Internal assistant node M 0.0~8191.7 ------ DDDD.O Data Register Relay ------ DDDDDDDD.O node Data node DBn_DBX 100000.0~25565535.7 Register Relay DBm_DBX 0.0~65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O ------ DBn_DBW 100000-25565534 DDDDDDDD ------ DBn_DBD 100000-25565532 DDDDDDDD ------ DBm_DBW 0-65534 DDDDD ------ DBm_DBD 0-65532 DDDDD Data Register Relay Data Register Relay (32 bit) Data Register Relay Data Register Relay (32 m:1~10 m:1~10 bit) Internal Relay Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MW 0~8190 DDDD ------ MD 0~8188 DDDD External Output Relay ------ QW 0~254 DDD External Output Relay (32 bit) ------ QD 0~252 DDD External Input Relay ------ IW 0~254 DDD External Input Relay (32 bit) ------ ID 0~252 DDD NOTE: 1. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number, the address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000 software addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4 2. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number. 3. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to DB5.DBW34 or more. SIEMENS LOGO! Ethernet(TCP Slave) Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Input I_Bit 1-64 ------ DD Read Only Output Q_Bit 1-64 ------ DD Flag Bit M_Bit 1-112 ------ DDD Network Input NI_Bit 1-128 ------ DDD Network Output NQ_Bit 1-128 ------ DDD V_Bit 0.0-1469.7 ------ DDDDo ------ AI_Word 1-16 DD V Relay Analog Input - 354 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Analog Output ------ AQ_Word 1-16 DD Analog Mark ------ AM_Word 1-16 DD Network Analog Input ------ NAI_Word 1-64 DD Network Analog Onput ------ NAQ_Word 1-32 DD V memory ------ VW_Word DDDD V memory double word ------ VD_Word 0-1466 DDDD NOTE：VD、VW address must be an even number ◎Cable Diagram SIEMENS S7-200 protocol RS232 communication Siemens models using standard serial PC / PPI cable . Cable Baud Rate DIP switch settings are as follows: 1 ) with 5 DIP switch cable PC/PPI Cable switch to select the baud rate Baud SWITCH（1=on） 38400 000 19200 001 9600 010 4800 011 2400 100 1200 101 2）with 8 DIP switch cable - 355 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PC/PPI Cable switch to select the baud rate Baud SWITCH（1=on） 115200 110 57600 111 38400 000 19200 001 9600 010 4800 011 2400 100 1200 101 Note: The switch 5 is set to 0 , the selected item Freeport;the switch 6,7,8 is set to 0. PC / PPI cable on the baud rate DIP switch settings, you must set the baud rate with the PLC and PC SET PG / PC Interface match the settings , Siemens S7-200 PLC baud rate can be programmed via STEP7-Micro/WIN software settings. RS485 communication SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct) protocol RS232 communication MT5-S7-300 PC Adapter communication cable Need to add a communication cable in adapter RS232 terminal - 356 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct) protocol RS485 communication SIEMENS MPI protocol RS485-2 communication Long distance communication with MPI adapter: The cable length must be 600m or less in the 187.5k ,the 7 pin and 2 pin must connect with 24V power in the port of RS485, the 8 pin and 3 pin must connect with 120Ωterminal resistance. Ethernet communication protocol cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. - 357 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.70 SIKO AG05 SIKONETZ5 ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver Siko AG05 AG05 Port on CPU unit SIKO AG05 SIKONETZ5 ◎Serial System configuration Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable Siko AG05 AG05 CPU Direct RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting Default parameter：57600bps，8，none，1，station：1 PLC Setting Please reference to controller manual. ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Parameter No. ------ ID 0-FF HH SW ------ SW 0-0 D CW ------ CW 0-0 D Note Direct online simulation disable ◎Cable Diagram RS485-2 - 358 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.71 Sinocon Sc1n ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver SC1N SC1N-30T-2AD2DA RS232 on the CPU unit Sinocon Sc1n ◎ System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable SC1N SC1N-30T-2 AD2DA RS232 on the CPU unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎ Communication Setting HMI setting Default parameter：9600bps，7，even，1，station：1 RS232 RS485 - 359 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎ Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input Relay X 000-177 ------ OOO Output Relay Y 000-177 ------ OOO Data Contact D_bit 0.0-5998.F ------ DDDD.F Internal Relay M 0000-1535 ------ DDDD Timer Contact T 000-255 ------ DDD Counter Contact C 000-255 ------ DDD Special Internal Relay SM 8000-8255 ------ DDDD State ------ DDD Timer Value S 000-999 ------ T_word 000-255 DDD Counter Value ------ C_word 000-199 DDD Data Register ------ D_word 0000-5998 DDDD Special Data Register ------ SD_word 8000-8255 DDDD Counter Value ------ C_dword 200-255 DDD ◎ Cable Diagram RS232 - 360 - Notes 32 bit device 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485 4.72 TAIAN ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Taian TOP3-30HR-A Driver RS232 on the CPU unit RS485 on the CPU unit Taian ◎System configuration Series CPU Taian TOP3-30HR-A Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting Default communication: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 1 RS232 communication - 361 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485 communication ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input Relay（receive external switch signal） X0-377 ------ OOO Output Relay Y0-377 ------ OOO M（0-7679）& (8000-8511） ------ DDDD Step Relay S0-4096 ------ DDDD Timer Relay T0-511 ------ DDD Counter Relay C0-255 DDD Data Register ------ -----D0-8511 DDDD Data Register ------ Z0-15 DD Data Register ------ V0-15 DD Timer(Current value） ------ T_Current_Word 0-511 DDD Counter(Current value） ------ C_Current_Word 0-199 DDD Counter ------ C_Current_Double 200-255 DDD Auxiliary Relay - 362 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Timer(Preset value) ------ T_Preset_Word 0-511 DDD Counter(Preset value) ------ C_Preset_Word 0-199 DDD Counter ------ C_Preset_Double 200-255 DDD NOTE：Z, V is the turn of the write and read out. When testing a single word, max interval of word block pack and max word block package size are changed to 1. ◎Cable Diagram RS232 communication cable RS485 communication cable 4.73 TMCM ◎Serial Communication Series CPU TMCM_303 TMCM-6110 TMCM-6110 Link Module Driver RS232 on the CPU unit TMCM_303 RS485 on the CPU unit TMCM_6110 ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable TMCM_303 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable TMCM-6110 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting TMCM_303: HMI Setting - 363 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1 TMCM_6110: HMI Setting Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1 PLC Setting communication parameters setting: - 364 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Serial baud rate value Serial baud rate 0 9600 baud 1 14400 baud 2 19200 baud 3 28800 baud 4 38400 baud 5 57600 baud 6 76800 baud 7 115200 baud 8 230400 baud 9 250000 baud Not supported by Windows！ 10 500000 baud Not supported by Windows！ 11 1000000 baud Not supported by Windows！ Default Not supported by Windows！ ◎Supported Device Please refer to TMCL Reference Manual for device details TMCM_303 Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes ROR ------ 0-2 D Write Only ROL ------ 0-2 D Write Only - 365 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller MST 0-2 ------ D Write Only MVP ------ 0.0-2.7 DD.D Write Only SAP 0.008-0.013 1.008-1.013 2.008-2.013 0.0-2.213 DDDD.DDD Write Only GAP 0.008-0.013 1.008-1.013 2.008-2.013 0.0-2.213 DDDD.DDD Read Only STAP 0.0-2.213 ------ DDDD.DDD Write Only RSAP 0.0-2.213 ------ DDDD.DDD Write Only 0.077 0.129 0.0-0.038 0.64-0.81 0.128-0.132 1.0-1.11 2.0-2.19 DDDD.DDD Write Only GGP 0.077 0.129 0.0-0.038 0.64-0.81 0.128-0.132 1.0-1.11 2.0-2.19 DDDD.DDD Read Only RFS ------ DWord 0.0-2.2 DD.D Write Only SIO 0-7 ------ D Write Only GIO 0.0-0.10 2.0-2.07 1.0-1.7 DDD.DD Read Only CALC ------ 0-9 D Write Only COMP ------ 0 D Write Only JC ------ 0-9 DD Write Only JA ------ 0 D Write Only CSUB ------ 0 D Write Only RSUB 0 ------ D Write Only WAIT ------ 0.0-4.7 DD.D Write Only STOP 0 ------ D Write Only SGP TMCM_6110 Device Bit Address Word Address Format STOP 0-0 ------ D RSUB 0-0 ------ D SIO 0-7 ------ D RSGP 0.000-255.255 ------ DDD.DDD STGP 0.000-255.255 ------ DDD.DDD - 366 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RSAP 0.000-255.255 ------ DDD.DDD STAP 0.000-255.255 ------ DDD.DDD MST 0-5 ------ D WAIT ------ 0.000-4.255 D.DDD CSUB ------ 0-0 D JA ------ 0-0 D JC ------ 0-12 DD COMP ------ 0-0 D CALC ------ 0-9 D GIO ------ 0.000-255.255 DDD.DDD RFS ------ 0.000-2.255 D.DDD GGP ------ 0.000-255.255 DDD.DDD SGP ------ 0.000-255.255 DDD.DDD GAP ------ 0.000-255.255 DDD.DDD SAP ------ 0.000-255.255 DDD.DDD MVP ------ 0.000-2.255 D.DDD ROL ------ 0-5 D 0-5 D ROR -----NOTE:The address format of registers is [type].[motor].c ◎Cable Diagram RS232 Communication Cable RS485 Communication Cable HMI 9pin D-SUB female/male com0/com1 Controller 9pin D-SUB(male) 1 RX6 RX+ 5 GND 8 D3 D+ 5 GND - 367 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.74 Toledo DLoadCell ◎Serial Communication Series CPU D3CellTM D3CellTM Link Module RS422 on the CPU unit Driver DLoadCell ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type D3CellTM D3CellTM RS485 on the CPU unit ◎Supported Device For detailed device, please refer to the PLC manual. ◎Communication Setting ◎Cable Diagram RS485 Communication Cable - 368 - RS422 Parameter Setting Cable Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.75 Toshiba ◎Network Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver V30 TCXMAIN1 Ethernet interface on CPU Toshiba V30 Ethernet （TCP Slave） V-series S2PU72A Ethernet interface on CPU Toshiba S2PU72A Ethernet（TCP Slave） ◎Network System configuration Series ToShiBaV30 V-series CPU Connect Type Parameter Cable TCXMAIN1 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable S2PU72A Ethernet Setting Your owner cable ◎Network Communication Setting HMI setting TCXMAIN1： S2PU72A： - 369 - 6 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC setting Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter。 ◎Supported Device TCXMAIN1： Device Bit Address Word Address Format 0x00000000-0x0000FFFF R00_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x01000000-0x0100FFFF R01_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x02000000-0x02000FFF R02_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x03000000-0x03000FFF R03_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x04000000-0x04000FFF R04_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x05000000-0x05000FFF R05_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x06000000-0x06000FFF R06_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x07000000-0x07000FFF R07_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x08000000-0x0800FFFF R08_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x09000000-0x09000FFF R09_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x0A000000-0x0A000FFF R0A_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x0B000000-0x0B00FFFF R0B_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x0C000000-0x0C00FFFF R0C_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x0D000000-0x0D000FFF R0D_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x0E000000-0x0E000FFF R0E_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x0F000000-0x0F000FFF R0F_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x10000000-0x10000FFF R10_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x11000000-0x11000FFF R11_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x12000000-0x1200FFFF R12_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH - 370 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 0x13000000-0x13000FFF R13_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x14000000-0x14000FFF R14_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x15000000-0x15000FFF R15_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x17000000-0x17007FFF R17_B 0.00-7FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x41000000-0x4100FFFF R41_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x51000000-0x5100FFFF R51_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x52000000-0x520000FF R52_B 0.00-FF.1F ------ HH.HH 0x61000000-0x6107FFFF R61_B 0.00-7FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x62000000-0x62003FFF R62_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x63000000-0x63003FFF R63_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x64000000-0x64003FFF R64_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x65000000-0x65003FFF R65_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x66000000-0x66003FFF R66_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x67000000-0x67003FFF R67_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x68000000-0x68003FFF R68_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x69000000-0x69003FFF R69_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x6A000000-0x6A003FFF R6A_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x6B000000-0x6B003FFF R6B_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x6C000000-0x6C003FFF R6C_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x6D000000-0x6D003FFF R6D_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x6E000000-0x6E003FFF R6E_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH 0x6F000000-0x6F000FFF R6F_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH 0x00000000-0x0000FFFF ------ R00 0-FFFF HHHH 0x01000000-0x0100FFFF ------ R01 0-FFFF HHHH 0x02000000-0x02000FFF ------ R02 0-FFF HHH 0x03000000-0x03000FFF ------ R03 0-FFF HHH 0x04000000-0x04000FFF ------ R04 0-FFF HHH 0x05000000-0x05000FFF ------ R05 0-FFF HHH 0x06000000-0x06000FFF ------ R06 0-FFF HHH 0x07000000-0x07000FFF ------ R07 0-FFF HHH 0x08000000-0x0800FFFF ------ R08 0-FFFF HHHH 0x09000000-0x09000FFF ------ R09 0-FFF HHH 0x0A000000-0x0A000FFF ------ R0A 0-FFF HHH 0x0B000000-0x0B00FFFF ------ R0B 0-FFFF HHHH 0x0C000000-0x0C00FFFF ------ R0C 0-FFFF HHHH 0x0D000000-0x0D000FFF ------ R0D 0-FFF HHH 0x0E000000-0x0E000FFF ------ R0E 0-FFF HHH 0x0F000000-0x0F000FFF ------ R0F 0-FFF HHH 0x10000000-0x10000FFF ------ R10 0-FFF HHH 0x11000000-0x11000FFF ------ R11 0-FFF HHH - 371 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 0x12000000-0x1200FFFF ------ R12 0-FFFF HHHH 0x13000000-0x13000FFF ------ R13 0-FFF HHH 0x14000000-0x14000FFF ------ R14 0-FFF HHH 0x15000000-0x15000FFF ------ R15 0-FFF HHH 0x17000000-0x17007FFF ------ R17 0-7FFF HHHH 0x41000000-0x4100FFFF ------ R41 0-FFFF HHHH 0x51000000-0x5100FFFF ------ R51 0-FFFF HHHH 0x52000000-0x520000FF ------ R52 0-FF HH 0x61000000-0x6107FFFF ------ R61 0-7FFF HHHH 0x62000000-0x62003FFF ------ R62 0-3FFF HHHH 0x63000000-0x63003FFF ------ R63 0-3FFF HHHH 0x64000000-0x64003FFF ------ R64 0-3FFF HHHH 0x65000000-0x65003FFF ------ R65 0-3FFF HHHH 0x66000000-0x66003FFF ------ R66 0-3FFF HHHH 0x67000000-0x67003FFF ------ R67 0-3FFF HHHH 0x68000000-0x68003FFF ------ R68 0-3FFF HHHH 0x69000000-0x69003FFF ------ R69 0-3FFF HHHH 0x6A000000-0x6A003FFF ------ R6A 0-3FFF HHHH 0x6B000000-0x6B003FFF ------ R6B 0-3FFF HHHH 0x6C000000-0x6C003FFF ------ R6C 0-3FFF HHHH 0x6D000000-0x6D003FFF ------ R6D 0-3FFF HHHH 0x6E000000-0x6E003FFF ------ R6E 0-3FFF HHHH 0x6F000000-0x6F000FFF ------ R6F 0-FFF HHH S2PU72A： Device Bit Address Word Address Format XX 0.0-3071.F ------ DDDD.F RR 0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.F SS 0.0-511.F ------ DDD.F X_WORD ------ 0-3071 DDDD R_WORD ------ 0-4095 DDDD S_WORD ------ 0-511 DDD ◎Cable Diagram Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet - 372 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.76 Trio motion controller ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver Euro Euro 205x RS232 on the CPU unit MC MC405 RS232 on the CPU unit TRIO Modbus RTU Extend Trio (mode7) ◎System configuration Series CPU TRIO Euro 205x Modbus RTU Extend Euro 205x Trio （mode7） MC405 Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting TRIO protocol HMI Setting Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 1 RS232 communication Controller internal setting: RS485-4 communication - 373 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Controller internal setting: PLC Setting Select the HOST LINK protocol in the PLC program software 1. Define HOST LINK slave node HLS_NODE=1 2. Define HOST LINK slave model HLS_MODEL=$FA 3. Set up HOST LINK slave for port2. Trio controller setting: SETCOM(baudrate, databits, stopbits, parity, port, 5) SETCOM（9600，7，2，2，2，5） RS232 communication RS485-4 communication Modbus RTU Extend protocol HMI Setting Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1 RS232 communication - 374 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485-4 communication PLC Setting Modbus Protocol： ADDRESS=1 SETCOM（9600,8,1,2,1,4） Trio(mode7) protocol HMI Setting Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1 RS232 communication - 375 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485-4 communication PLC Setting Modbus Protocol： ADDRESS=1 SETCOM（9600,8,1,2,1,7） ◎Supported Device TRIO Device Bit Address Word Address Format I/O and Internal Auxiliary Relay IR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- DDDD.DD Link Relay LR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- DDDD.DD Assistant Relay AR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- DDDD.DD Holding Relay HR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- DDDD.DD Data Memory ---------- DM 0-30000 DDDDD Timer/Counter ---------- TC 0-255 DDD Notes NOTE ： Address correspondence: IRn.m-->the m Trio VR (n); DMn->Table (n). Example IR1.02 corresponds to the 2nd bit of VR1. - 376 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Modbus RTU Extend Device Bit Address Word Address Format Data register bit 4X_bit 0.0-1023.15 ---------- DDDD.DD Data register ---------- 4X 0-1023 DDDDD Notes NOTE：Address correspondence: 4x corresponds to VR; 4x_bit corresponds to VR’s bit. Address difference between one position, e.g. 4x (501) corresponds to VR (500); 4x_bit (67.1) corresponds to the first bit of VR (66). Trio (mode 7) Device Data register Bit Address ---------- Word Address Format VR 0-4095 DDDD Table 0-32767 DDDDD Notes NOTE: In this communication, users should choose data type as float. ◎Cable Diagram NOTE: In the controller, A port is programming port, B port is communication port Programming Cable RS232 Communication Cable RS422 Communication Cable - 377 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.77 Unitronics ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Vision 130 V130-33-B1 Driver RS232 on the CPU unit Unitronics RS485 on the CPU unit ◎Network Communication Series Vision 130 CPU V130-33-B1 Link Module Driver Unitronics Ethernet(TCP Slave) Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit ◎Serial System configuration Series CPU Vision 130 V130-33-B1 Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable ◎Network System configuration Series CPU Link Module Vision 130 V130-33-B1 Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit Connect Type Parameter Ethernet Setting ◎Serial Communication Setting HMI Setting RS232 default communication: 57600, 8, 1, none; station: 1 - 378 - Cable Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485 default communication: 57600, 8, 1, none; station: 64 PLC Setting 1. COM Initialize in the program software by RS485 communication. - 379 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. Initialize ID, and program as below, download to controller. 3. Change the jumper position and choose RS485 communication. ◎Network Communication Setting HMI Setting - 380 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Inputs I 0~999 ------ DDD Read only Outputs O 0~999 ------ DDD Memory Bits MB 0~8191 ------ DDDD System Bits SB 0~999 ------ DDD Timers T 0~383 ------ DDD Read only Counters C 0~31 ------ DD Read only Memory Integer ------ MI 0~4095 DDDD Memory Longer ------ ML 0~511 DDD Double Word ------ DW 0~255 DDD Memory Float ------ MF 0~63 DD System Integer ------ SI 0~999 DDD System Longer ------ SL 0~199 DDD System Double Word ------ SDW 0~199 DDD Timers Preset ------ T_C 0~383 DDD Read only Timers Current ------ T_P 0~383 DDD Read only Counters Preset ------ C_C 0~31 DD Read only Counters Current ------ C_P 0~31 DD Read only ◎Cable Diagram RS232 communication cable RS485-2 communication cable PLC RJ12 pins are defined as follow: - 381 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Ethernet communication protocol cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.78 Universal ASCII Slave ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver Universal ASCII Slave Universal ASCII Slave RS232 on the CPU unit Universal ASCII Slave ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable Universal ASCII Slave Universal ASCII Slave RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting Default communication: 57600, 8, 1, none; station: 1 ◎Supported Device - 382 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Device Bit Address Word Address Format send LB 0 ------ D clear LB1 ------ D Send data buffer ------ LW 0~99 DD Receive data buffer ------ LW 100~199 DDD send LB2 ------ D clear LB3 ------ D Send data buffer ------ LW 200~299 DD Receive data buffer ------ LW 300~399 DDD send LB 4 ------ D clear LB5 ------ D Send data buffer ------ LW400~499 DD Receive data buffer ------ LW 500~599 DDD Notes Correspond to COM0 Correspond to COM1 Correspond to COM2 ◎Cable Diagram RS232 communication cable 4.79 Vigor Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver VH VH-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit VB0 VB0-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit VS1 VS1-10MT-D RS485 CP1 Vigor Vigor VS ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable VH VH-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable VB0 VB0-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable VS1 VS1-10MT-D RS485 CP1 RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting Vigor Protocol： Default communication: 19200, 7, even, 1; station: 0 - 383 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE：CP1* baudrate 19200bps. *：CP1 programming port is USB(RS232). Vigor VS Protocol： RS485：Default parameter：19200，8,1，None；Station No：0 PLC Setting Set the same parameters as the HMI does. ◎ Supported Device Vigor Protocol Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input Relay X 0-255 ------ OOO Output Relay Y 0-255 ------ OOO Internal Relay M 0-5119 ------ DDDD Special Relay SM 9000-9255 ------ DDDD - 384 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Timer Relay T_bit 0-255 ------ DDD Counter Relay C_bit 0-255 ------ DDD Timer ------ T_word 0-255 DDD Counter ------ C_word 0-199 DDD Counter double word ------ C_dword 200-255 DDD Data Register ------ D 0-8191 DDDD Special Data Register ------ SD 9000－9255 DDDD Vigor VS Protocol Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input Relay X 0-377 ------ OOO Output Relay Y 0-377 ------ OOO Internal Relay M 0-8191 ------ DDDD Special Relay SM 0-511 ------ DDD Data Register D (bit) D_BIT 0.0-8999.F ------ DDDD.H Data Register R (bit) R_BIT ------ DDDDD. Step Relay S 0-4095 ------ DDDD Timer Coil T_XQ 0-511 DDD Timer Contact T_JD 0-511 DDD Counter Coil C_XQ 0-255 DDD Counter Contact C_JD 0-255 DDD Timer ------ T_WORD 0-511 DDD Counter ------ C_WORD 0-199 DDD Counter（32 bit） ------ C_DWORD 200-255 DDD Data Register D ------ D_WORD 0-8999 DDDD Special Data Register ------ SD_WORD 0-511 DDDD Data Register R ------ R_WORD 0-25999 DDDDD ◎Cable Diagram VH-14MR RS232 communication cable 1. Communication via USB programming port Connection with HMI by programming cable of Vigor - 385 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 2. Communication via auxiliary interface of programming device: 3．RS485-2 communication cable 4.80 XINJE Controller ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module XINJE XC XC3-32R-E RS232 on the CPU unit XINJE XDM XDM-60T10-E RS232 on the Port 1 RS485 on the Port 2 Driver Modbus RTU XINJE XC Series XINJIE XDM Series ◎System configuration Series XINJE XC XINJE XDM CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable XC3-32R-E RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable XDM-60T10 -E RS232 on the Port 1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the Port 2 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting XINJE XC Series protocol - 386 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller HMI Setting Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 1 XINJE XDM Series protocol HMI Setting Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 1 RS232 RS485 - 387 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎ Supported Device XINJE XC Series Device Bit Address Word Address Format Internal Relay M0~M7999 ------ DDDDD Input Relay X0.0~X51.1 ------ OOOOOO.O Output Relay Y0.0~Y51.1 ------ OOOOOO.O State Relay S0~S1023 ------ DDDDD Special Relay M8000~M8511 ------ DDDDD Timer Relay T0~T618 ------ DDDDD Counter Relay C0~C634 ------ DDDDD Data register ------ D0~D7999 DDDDD Timer ------ TD0~TD618 DDDDD Counter ------ CD0~CD634 DDDDD Special Data Register ------ D8000~D8511 DDDDD FlashROM Register ------ FD0~FD5000 DDDDD Special FlashROM Register ------ FD8000~FD8511 DDDDD Internal extend register ------ ED 0~36863 DDDDD Input register ------ ID 0~9999 DDDD Output Register ------ QD 0~9999 DDDD Notes NOTE： 1. O indicates OCT, D indicates HEX. 2. Example: X\Y address: 1 in the controller corresponds with 0.1 in the HMIWare; X\Y address: 17 in the controller correspond with 1.7 in the HMIWare. MODBUS RTU protocol Register address in programmable controller correspond with address in modbus protocol, as follows: Coil Area： - 388 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller bits Addr MODBUS addr（Decimal K） M0~M7999 0X 1~0X 8000 X0~X511 0X 16385~0X 16714 Y0~Y511 0X 18433~0X 18762 S0~S1023 0X 20481~0X 21504 M8000~M8511 0X 24577~0X 25088 T0~T618 0X 25601~0X 26219 C0~C634 0X 27649~0X 28283 words Addr MODBUS addr（Decimal K） D0~D7999 4X 1~4X8000 TD0~TD618 4X 12289~4X12907 CD0~CD634 4X 14337~4X 14971 D8000~D8511 4X 16385~4X 16896 FD0~FD1535 4X 18433~4X19968 FD8000~FD8511 4X 26625~4X 27136 Register Area： XINJE XDM Series Device Bit Address Word Address Format Counter HSC 0-39 ------ DD Counter HC 0-1023 ------ DDDD Timer task HT 0-1023 ------ DDDD State relay HS 0-999 ------ DDD Auxiliary relay HM 0-6143 ------ DDDD Order function block SEM 0-127 ------ DDD Timer task ET 0-39 ------ DD Counter C 0-4095 ------ DDDD Timer task T 0-4095 ------ DDDD Auxiliary relay SM 0-4095 ------ DDDD State relay S 0-7999 ------ DDDD Output relay Y3 0-77 ------ OO Output relay Y2 0-277 ------ OOO Output relay Y1 0-1777 ------ OOOO Output relay Y 0-77 ------ OO Input relay X3 0-77 ------ OO Input relay X2 0-277 ------ OOO - 389 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Input relay X1 0-1777 ------ OOOO Input relay X 0-77 ------ OO Auxiliary relay M 0-20479 ------ DDDDD Confidentiality register ------ FS 0-47 DD Flash register ------ SFD 0-4095 DDDD Flash register ------ FD 0-8191 DDDD Counter ------ HSCD 0-39 DD Counter ------ HCD 0-1023 DDDD Timer task ------ HTD 0-1023 DDDD Dater register ------ HSD 0-1023 DDDD Dater register ------ HD 0-6143 DDDDD Counter ------ ETD 0-39 DD Timer task ------ CD 0-4095 DDDD Timer task ------ TD 0-4095 DDDD Dater register ------ SD 0-4095 DDDD Functional module ------ QD3 0-99 DD Functional module ------ QD2 0-299 DDD Functional module ------ QD1 0-1599 DDDD Functional module ------ QD 0-99 DD Functional module ------ ID3 0-99 DD Functional module ------ ID2 0-299 DDD Functional module ------ ID1 0-1599 DDDD Functional module ------ ID 0-99 DD Dater register ------ D 0-20479 DDDDD ◎Cable Diagram RS232 Communication RS485 Communication - 390 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 4.81 XiLin Inverter ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver XiLin EH600 RS485-2 on the CPU unit XiLin EH600 ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable XiLin EH600 RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting Default Communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1 ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Addr communication parameter ------ Addr HHHH A FWD ------ A0 D B REV ------ B0 D C FJOG ------ C0 D - 391 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller D RJOG ------ D0 D E Free halt ------ E0 D F Slow down ------ F0 D G Reset failures ------ G0 D PLC Setting Please refer to XILIN frequency converter manual for details about device address. ◎Cable Diagram 4.82 Yamatake Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module DCP30 P30A2 RS485 on the CPU unit SDC35/36 C352 C354 C362 C364 RS485 on the CPU unit DMC10D DMC DMC10S Driver Yamatake DCP30 Yamatake SDC/DMC RS485 on the CPU unit ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable DCP30 P30A2 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable SDC35/36 C352 C354 C362 C364 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable DMC DMC10D RS485 Setting DMC10S RS485 on the CPU unit ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting - 392 - Your owner cable 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Yamatake DCP30 protocol Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1 Yamatake SDC/DMC protocol SDC Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1 DMC Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 6 - 393 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting 1. Set modbus RTU in the SLP-D10, and then download. 2. Station match with the switch on the device. ◎Supported Device DCP30 Device Bit Address Word Address（Parameter code） Format RUN Status ------ 1-26 DDD PARA ------ 1-33 DDD EU ------ 1-13 DDD PID ------ 1-80 DDD SET ------ 1-99 DDD TBL ------ 1-22 DDD CNST ------ 1-26 DDD FO_R 1-19 ------ DDD FO_W 1-19 ------ DDD FC 1-19 ------ DDD FD 1-19 ------ DDD FBR1_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD - 394 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller FBR2_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR3_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR4_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR5_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR6_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR7_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR8_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR9_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR10_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR11_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR12_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR13_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR14_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR15_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR16_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR17_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR18_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD FBR19_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD Please refer to the communication protocol for details. NOTE： 1、SET C85 ----- Transmission rate，data type 0：9600，even，stopbit 1； 1：9600，none，stopbit 2； 2：4800，even，stopbit 1； 3：4800，none，stopbit 2. 2、SET C84 -----setting station No. The value of C84 must be the same as the PLC’s station No. When connecting multiple instruments, for distinguishing instruments, each instrument must be set C84 value with a different parameter. . 3、Must press “FUNC+PARA” to set the parameter； 4、PROG. have 19 numbers and SEG have 30 numbers, press DOWN key (sub) and PROG key (add) to change program number； 5 、 Press “FUNC+PROG” to change the program.----every program must be set firstly and then communicate will be ok, or else “PLC Response Error” will print; 6、After “RUN/HLD” light on, many parameters can’t be modified(e.g. SET) In order to reset, press “ PROG+RUN/HOLD” . Modify the parameter at the state of “DISP”, not at the state of “INPUT”； 7、On the temperature controller, time parameters show number with sexagesimal. （Example it shows 2222 on the screen, but on the controller panel shows 37.02-----37.00*60+2=2222） 8、PROG’s address setting： FBR1_R indicates prog 1. (e.g. PROG 1) format: DDD.DD. Main address DDD indicates seg No, subaddress DD indicates parameter value, the correspondence as follows （Example：FBR1_R address 11.10 indicates PROG 1,SEG 1,T1 2nd ） - 395 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Sub addr DD correspond to temperature controller： Sub Addr Parameter Sub Addr Parameter .0 SP .12 T2 2nd .1 TM .13 T3 1st .2 None（Skip） .14 T3 2nd .3 EV1 .15 T4 1st .4 Blank .16 T4 2nd .5 EV2 .17 T5 1st .6 Blank .18 T5 2nd .7 EV3 .19 PID .8 Blank .20 None（Skip） .9 T1 1st .21 9.5. .10 T1 2nd .22 9.5.to .11 T2 1st SDC36（Please refer to the manual of yamatake SDC36 for details） Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Data Register ———— 4X 0-65535 DDDDD DMC（Please refer to the manual of DMC-SPL for details, in 10-8 communication parameters） Device Bit Address Word Address Format Data Register ———— 4X 1002-65535 DDDDD Example: CH1 PV is according to 4X1005 in the HMIWare. ◎Cable Diagram DCP 30 series RS485 communication cable RS232 communication cable Need to use RS-232 to RS-422/485 converter - 396 - Notes Address add 1 to the communication parameters list of 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Commutator terminal 9 pin D-SUB male com0/com1 com2 2 RX 7 RX 2 TX 3 TX 8 TX 3 RX 5 GND 5 GND 5 GND SDC36 series RS485 communication cable DMC series RS485 communication cable 4.83 Yaskawa Electric Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver V（Inverter） CIMR-JT 2A0001B AA RS485 on the CPU unit Yaskawa AH Modbus RTU MP（Motion Controller） MP2200 MP2300 MP2310 MP2300S RS232 on the CPU unit Yaskawa MP2300 - 397 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS232 on the CPU unit SGDM RS422 on the CPU unit ∑Ⅱ/∑Ⅱ Plus（Servo Controller） RS232 on the CPU unit SGDV RS422 on the CPU unit Yaskawa SGDM Yaskawa SGDV ◎Network communication (support indirect online and direct online) Series CPU MP series MP2400 Link Module ETH on the CPU unit Driver Yaskawa Ethernet(UDP Slave) ◎Serial System configuration Series CPU V CIMR-JT2A 0001BAA RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable MP2300 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS422 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS422 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable Parameter Cable MP ∑Ⅱ/∑Ⅱ Plus SGDM SGDV Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable ◎Network System configuration Series MP series CPU MP2400 Link Module COMM Type ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable ◎Serial Communication Setting HMI Setting Yaskawa AH Modbus RTU protocol Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1 PLC Setting 20.0 change the inverter panel button ”up” or “down”, adjustment to the parameter mode 21.0 then adjust to H5-01 by the button ”up” or “down”，according to the required parameter set No. Name Scope - 398 - Parameter description Setting 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller H5-01 Secondary station address 0~FFH Secondary station number 1F H5-02 The choice of the communication speed 0~5 0：1200bps 1：2400bps 2：4800bps 3：9600bps 4：19200bps 5：38400bps 3 H5-03 The choice of the communication check 0~2 0：no check 1：even check 2：odd check 0 NOTE: the inverter should be restarted to be effective。 Yaskawa MP2300 protocol Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 1 Yaskawa SGDM protocol Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 0 RS232 communication - 399 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485-4 communication PLC Setting Related parameters Settings refer to the communication equipment description。 Yaskawa SGDV protocol RS232 communication HMI Setting Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 0 NOTE:Set max word block package size as 2 RS485-4 communication - 400 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE: Station No. is a decimal number corresponding to axis address of servo controller. PLC Setting - 401 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE： 1. axis address 0020H is the station number of PLC，here is hexadecimal，HMI is the decimal system; 2.if you change the axis address, Parameters will be displayed unless you restart ◎Network Communication Setting Yaskawa Ethernet(UDP Slave) protocol HMI Setting - 402 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting 1. Set the IP，connect with the MPE720 software 2. How to set the IP - 403 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Change, save, and save to flash： Restart the controller and the set is ok. If online, then you can monitoring the data： Monitor single data： Monitor the Register： - 404 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Supported Device V inverter Device Bit Address Word Address Format Internal/external output node 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD Simulant input data register ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD data register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD Internal/external input node Notes NOTE: 1 this drive can not provide write batch of word part; 2 Address correspondence: MEMOBUS+1=4X Eg: b1-01（requency instruction selection），MEMOBUS register address is 080 H;the corresponding screen is 4X 385 MP2300 Device Bit Address Word Address Format Coil MB0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.H Input Relay IB 0.0-FFF.F ------ HHHH.H Hold Register ------ MW 0-65534 DDDDD Input Register ------ IW 0-7FFF HHHH Notes NOTE：IB0.0-0.F are occupied by the system; IW0 is occupied by the system. SGDM Device Bit Address Word Address Format Function Selection Basic Switches ------ Pn000 ～ Pn003 HHH Speed Loop Gain and so on ------ Pn100 ～ Pn118 HHH Position Control Reference ------ Pn200 ～ Pn205 HHH Speed Control Reference ------ Pn300 ～ Pn308 HHH Torque Control Reference ------ Pn400 ～ Pn407 HHH Sequence Reference ------ Pn500 ～ Pn510 HHH Other ------ Pn600 ～ Pn601 HHH Monitor mode ------ Un000 ～ Un00D HHH - 405 - Notes 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller SGDV Device Bit Address Function Selection ------------ Word Address Format （Pn000~Pn002）&（Pn006~Pn009） HHH （Pn00B~Pn00D）& Pn010 & Pn080 （Pn100~Pn106）&（Pn109~Pn10F）& Pn11F Gain ------------ （Pn121~Pn125）&（Pn131~Pn132）& （Pn135~Pn136） （Pn139 & Pn13D）&（Pn140~Pn14B） HHH Pn14F &（Pn160~Pn165）&Pn170 & Pn190 Position ------------ Speed ------------ Pn200 & Pn205 & Pn207 &Pn20A & Pn20E Pn210 & Pn212 &（Pn216~Pn218）& Pn22A & Pn281 （Pn300~Pn307）&（Pn310~Pn312）& Pn324 HHH HHH （Pn400~Pn410）& Pn412 & Pn415 &（Pn423~Pn425） Touque ------------ Pn456 & Pn460 &（Pn481~Pn482）&（Pn486~Pn488） HHH Pn490 &（Pn493~Pn495）& Pn498 （Pn501~Pn503）&（Pn506~Pn509）& Pn51B Sequential Control ------------ Pn51E & Pn520 & Pn522 & Pn524 & Pn526 （Pn528~Pn52C）&（Pn52F~Pn531）&（Pn533~Pn536） HHH （Pn550~Pn553）&（Pn560~Pn561）&（Pn600~Pn601） Input/Output signal ------------ （Pn50A~Pn513）&（Pn515~Pn517） HHH UDP Device Bit Address Word Address Format Input register node IB0000.0-FFFF.F ------ HHHHH.H Output register node OB0000.0-FFFF.F ------ HHHHH.H holding register node MB00000.0-65534.F ------ DDDDD.H Input register ------ IW0000-FFFF HHHH Output register ------ OW0000-FFFF HHHH Holding register ------ MW00000-65534 Notes DDDDD NOTE：In the HMIWare, bit address format is HHHH.H, but there is no point in the controller. E.g.: In the EV5000 software, the bit address is MB65534.F, but there is no point in the controller, and it is MB65534F. We set the I\O address as large as enough, and we found the big address can’t be written, but it is the same effect with the monitoring. ◎Cable Diagram V series inverter RS485-2 communication cable - 406 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller MP2300 RS232 communication cable HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal 9 pin D-SUB (male) com0/com1 1 FG 1 FG 2 RD(RXD) 2 SD(TXD) 3 SD(TXD) 3 RD(RXD) 5 SG(GND) 7 SG(GND) 6 DR(DSR) 9 ER(DTR) 7 RS(RTS) 4 RS(RTS) 8 CS(CTS) 5 CS(CTS) SGDM/SGDV RS232 communication cable RS422 communication cable - 407 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Ethernet communication protocol cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.84 Yokogawa Electric Corporation ◎Serial Communication Series FA-M3 CPU Link Module F3SP21-0N F3SP25-2N F3SP28-3N F3SP35-5N F3SP38-6N F3SP53-4H F3SP58-6H F3SP28-3S F3SP38-6S F3SP53-4S F3SP58-6S F3SP59-7S CPU Direct F3SP20-0N F3SP21-0N F3SP25-2N F3SP28-3N F3SP30-0N F3SP35-5N F3SP38-6N F3SP53-4H F3SP58-6H F3SP36-3N F3SP28-3S F3SP38-6S F3SP53-4S F3SP58-6S F3SP59-7S F3SP66-4S F3SP67-6S F3LC11-1N F3LC11-1F F3LC11-2F F3LC12-1F Driver Yokogawa FA-M3 F3LC11-2N ◎Network Communication（direct online simulation disable） Series CPU Link Module Driver - 408 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller FA-M3 F3SP21-0N F3SP25-2N F3SP28-3N F3SP35-5N F3SP38-6N F3SP53-4H F3LE01-5T F3LE11-0T F3SP58-6H F3SP28-3S F3SP38-6S F3SP53-4S F3SP58-6S F3SP59-7S F3LE01-5T F3LE11-0T F3SP66-4S F3SP67-6S Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit Yokogawa Ethernet(TCP Slave) FA-M3 ◎Serial System configuration Series FA-M3 CPU F3SP21-0N F3SP25-2N F3SP28-3N F3SP35-5N F3SP38-6N F3SP53-4H F3SP58-6H F3SP28-3S F3SP38-6S F3SP53-4S F3SP58-6S F3SP59-7S F3SP20-0N F3SP21-0N F3SP25-2N F3SP28-3N F3SP30-0N F3SP35-5N Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS422 Setting Your owner cable RS422/485(4Wire) port on F3LCLL-2F - 409 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller F3SP38-6N F3SP53-4H F3SP58-6H F3SP36-3N F3SP28-3S F3SP38-6S F3SP53-4S F3SP58-6S F3SP59-7S F3SP66-4S F3SP67-6S RS422/485(2Wire) port on F3LCLL-2F RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎Network System configuration Series FA-M3 CPU Link Module F3SP21-0N F3SP25-2N F3SP28-3N F3SP35-5N F3SP38-6N F3SP53-4H F3LE01-5T F3LE11-0T F3SP58-6H F3SP28-3S F3SP38-6S F3SP53-4S F3SP58-6S F3SP59-7S F3LE01-5T F3LE11-0T F3SP66-4S F3SP67-6S Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit Connect Type Parameter Cable Ethernet Setting Your owner cable ◎Serial Communication Setting HMI Setting RS232 default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0 (station number disable) - 410 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller RS485-4 default communication: 19200, 8, 1, none; station: 1 RS485-2 default communication: 19200, 8, 1, none; station: 1 - 411 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller PLC Setting RS485-4 communication configuration Set the 485 communication module on the right as below. 1. Transmission Speed Setting Switch: SW1=7 2. Data Code Setting Switch: SW2 Bit Settings Setup Description 1 ON Data Length 2 OFF Parity Bit 3 OFF -- 4 OFF Stop Bit 5 OFF Exist Sum Check 6 ON Exist Terminator 7 OFF Protect 8 OFF Always OFF 3. Station No. setting 1 4. Set the termination resistance switch of only the module which terminates the connection to 4- WIRE RS485-2 communication configuration Set the 485 communication module on the right as below. 1. Transmission Speed Setting Switch: SW1=7 2. Data Code Setting Switch: SW2 Bit Settings Setup Description 1 ON Data Length 2 OFF Parity Bit 3 OFF -- 4 OFF Stop Bit 5 OFF Exist Sum Check 6 ON Exist Terminator 7 OFF Protect - 412 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 8 OFF Always OFF 3. Station No. setting 1 4. Set the termination resistance switch of only the module which terminates the connection to 2- WIRE. ◎Network Communication Setting HMI Setting PLC setting Use the swicthes on the right side of Ethernet module for setting the External Device. 1. Set all condition setup switch off. 2. Set IP Address: 192.168.100.230. ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Link Relay L 1~256 ------ DDD Special Relay M 1~256 ------ DDD Internal Relay I 1~256 ------ DDDD Output Relay Y (233~264)&(333~364） ------ DDD Input Relay X (201~232)&( 301~332） ------ DDD Special Register ------ Z_word 1~256 DDDD Link Register ------ W_word 1~256 DDD - 413 - Notes Read only 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller Index Register ------ V_word 1~64 DD File Register ------ B_word 1~256 DD Data Register ------ D_word 1~256 DDD ◎Cable Diagram RS232 communication cable Yokogawa programming cable HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male com0/com1 com2 Controller terminal 6 pin 2 RX 7 RX 1 TXD 3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD 5 GND 5 GND 5 GND RS485-4 communication cable HMI terminal 9pin D-SUB female/male Controller RS422 terminal com0/com1 SDASDB+ FG RDA- 1 RX6 RX+ 5 GND 4 TX9 TX+ RDB+ RS485-2 communication cable Ethernet communication protocol cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.85 YuDian AI ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module - 414 - Driver 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller AI AI-518 AI-701 RS485 on the CPU unit YuDian AI Single_Loop AI-7048 RS485 on the CPU unit YuDian AI 4_Loop ◎System configuration Series AI CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable AI-518 AI-701 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable AI-7048 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI Setting Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1 ◎Supported Device YuDian AI Single_Loop Device Bit Address Word Address（参数代号） Format Notes HiAL 0 ------ D Read only LoAL 0 ------ D Read only dHAL 0 ------ D Read only dLAL 0 ------ D Read only orAL 0 ------ D Read only AL1 0 ------ D Read only AL2 0 ------ D Read only PV ------ 0 D Read only MV ------ 0 D SV ------ 0 D ALARM ------ 0 D Read only Reference ------ 86 DD Address correspond to AI parameters code - 415 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller NOTE： 1、When setting the parameter of ADDR, it match the PLC Station Number . 2、If connecting many devices, you should set different ADDR values. YuDian AI 4_Loop AI-7048 Device Bit Address Word Address（参数代号） Format Notes HiAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only LoAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only dHAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only dLAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only orAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only AL1 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only AL2 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only PV ------ 0.0-3.0 D.D Read only MV ------ 0.0-3.0 D.D SV ------ 0.0-3.0 D.D ALARM ------ 0.0-3.0 D.D Read only Reference ------ 0.0-3.086 D.DDD Address correspond to AI parameters code NOTE: 1、When setting the parameter of ADDR, it match the PLC Station Number. 2、If connecting many devices, you should set different ADDR values. 3、AI-7048 has 4 loops, so it occupies 4 address, For instance, Addr=5,address 5~8 were used by this controller, other controller can’t use address 5~8. EXAMPLE Take HIAL for example, look up table and then know that HIAL parameters code is 1, so HIAL for 4 channels correspond to address in HMI should be Reference0.01，Reference1.01，Reference2.01， Reference3.01. If station number is 2, Reference0.01 is HIAL address of channel 2(station No. 2 + main address 0), Reference1.01 is HIAL address of channel 2(station No. 2 + main address 1), and so on. Thereinto the setting of station number is very important, it denotes start address of the controller (viz. instrument address in instrument parameter), and main address just denotes 4 channels. When main address is 0, it denotes channel (station number+0) TABLE Table 1 Parameter Code DEC 0 Adjustor AI-518/708/808/518P/70 8P/808P SV /SteP Inspection instrument AI-519/719/719P SV /SteP AI-501/701 N/A - 416 - AI-702M/704M/706M N/A 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 1 HIAL HIAL HIAL HIAL 2 LoAL LoAL LoAL LoAL 3 dHAL HdAL HdAL N/A 4 dLAL LdAL LdAL N/A 5 dF CHYS AHYS dF 6 Ctrl Ctrl N/A N/A 7 M5 P N/A N/A 8 P I N/A N/A 9 t d N/A N/A 10 CtI CtI N/A N/A 11 Sn InP InP Sn 12 dIP dPt dPt dIP 13 dIL SCL SCL dIL 14 dIH SCH SCH dIH 15 ALP AOP AOP ALP 16 Sc Scb Scb Sc 17 OP1 OPt OPt OPn 18 oPL OPL N/A oPL 19 oPH OPH N/A oPH 20 CF AF N/A Cn 21 Feature codes/Program Feature codes/Program Feature codes(the control words(Run:0 control words(Run:0 same to SV, and it Pause:4 Stop:12) Pause:4 Stop:12) can be modified) Feature codes 22 Add.（R/W） Add.（R/W） Add.（R/W） Add.（R/W） 23 dL FILt FILt dL 24 run A-M N/A nonc 25 Loc Loc Loc Loc 26 C01(set the MV when C01(set the MV when writing AI-808) writing AI-519/719) 27 t01 t01 28 C02 C02 29 t02 t02 30 C03 C03 31 t03 t03 32 C04 C04 33 t04 t04 34 C05 C05 35 t05 t05 36 C06 C06 37 t06 t06 38 C07 C07 39 t07 t07 - 417 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 40 C08 C08 41 t08 t08 42 C09 C09 t09-C30 t09-C30 43-85 86 Run time program of current Run time of current program Table 2 Parameter Code Flow totalizer AI-301M 4 loop PID adjustor （AI-708H/Y/808H） Frequency measurement/switching value AI-7048 DEC HEX 0 00H SV SV SP 1 01H FHIA HIAL HIAL 2 02H FloA LoAL LoAL 3 03H SPE dHAL 4 04H Act dLAL 5 05H Sn dF AHYS 6 06H FSc CtrL At 7 07H PdIH M5 P 8 08H CSc P I 9 09H CdIH t d 10 0AH Cut CtI 11 0BH FdIH Frd InP 12 0CH FdIP dIP dPt 13 0DH PA dIL SCL 14 0EH Po dIH SCH 15 0FH Co ALP AOP 16 10H Frd switch state Scb 17 11H CF oP1 18 12H bC OPL 19 13H IoL OPH OPH 20 14H FoH CF AF 21 15H Feature codes Feature codes Feature codes 22 16H Add.（R/W） Add.（R/W） Add.（R/W） 23 17H IoH dL FILt 24 18H FdL run Nonc 25 19H Loc Loc Loc 26 1AH N/A MV Cn 27 1BH FdF 28 1CH CHIA 29 1DH CLoA - 418 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 30 1EH PHIA 31 1FH PLoA 32 20H ALP 33 21H FSb 34 22H CdIP 35 23H PdIP 36 24H PSc 37 25H CLn 38 26H FLJH 39 27H FLJL 40 28H EJH 41 29H EJL 42 2AH 43-85 2BH-55H 86 56H Mass accumulation value of zero position ◎Cable Diagram RS485 communication cable RS232 communication cable Need to use RS-232 to RS-422/485 converter 4.86 ZiGuang Ethernet ◎Network Communication Series CPU Link Module Driver ZiGuang Ethernet UNIS-600C Ethernet ZiGuang Ethernet Slave - 419 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller ◎Network System configuration Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable ZiGuang Ethernet UNIS-600C Ethernet Ethernet Setting Your owner cable ◎Ethernet Communication Setting HMI Setting PLC Setting 1. Settings in the software as follows: (1) System basic configuration: Set the controller number, IP address, and the PC IP address. (2) Configuration of data tag: set the parameters according to the actual I/O card. The PLC register address should be the same as the ID number of the data tag. - 420 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller to Use these two buttons to choose the IO card add or delete current that needs to be card. Use this box added or deleted. This box displays current card list. Use these two buttons to add or delete the channels card. This box displays data tag of added Card type Choose the slot(free) of card that needs to be added The controller only has 8 slots in actual, the slot 8-15 is the system simulation slots. （3）Update and get configuration: After finish the system basic configuration and data tag configuration, icon to update the configurations in choose the Update Configuration in the Tool menu or click the icon to get the the controller. Choose the Get Configuration in the Tool menu or click the configuration in the controller. - 421 - of added 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller （4）Click icon after updating controller configuration, then it will pop upWinEmu window, real-time control of script debugging window and none-real time control of script debugging window. WinEmu window monitors the internal data of controller, real-time control of script debugging window and none-real time control of script debugging window provide environment for customer secondary development. ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes Bool_Read Bool_Read 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Read only Bool_Write Bool_Write 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Write only Float_Read ------ Float_Read 0-65535 DDDDD Read only Int_Read ------ Int_Read 0-65535 DDDDD Read only Float_Write ------ Float_Write 0-65535 DDDDD Write only Int_Write ------ Int_Write 0-65535 DDDDD Write only ------ Time 0-2 D NOTE: The name and address of registers in HMI must be same as register in Ziguang controller when defining in HMI. ◎Cable Diagram Ethernet communication protocol cable Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable. 4.87 ZHIMEI CB920X ◎Serial Communication Series CPU Link Module - 422 - Driver 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller CB920X CB920X-10 RS485 on the CPU unit ZHIMEI CB920X ◎System configuration Series CPU Link Module Connect Type CB920X CB920X-10 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Parameter Setting Cable Your owner cable ◎Communication Setting HMI 设置 Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 1 RS485-2 PLC 设置 Please refer to the manual of controller. ◎Supported Device Device Bit Address Word Address Format ------ FUNC1-FUNC42 DD ------ READ0 D Notes 1. The controller station can set 1~99, don’t support station 0. 2. The FUNC parameter cannot be arbitrarily set, please refer to the controller manual. If the settings in the HMI value is not in the allowed range, it will retain a valid value 3.FUNC registers, when in use, select "Hex data type". 4.Weighing register READ is read-only register, and only 0 address is effective. When in use, select the text display component, 4 words. - 423 - 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller 5.Suggest place the FUNC and READ registers in the different configuration window, because the FUNC is the functional setting register, when in a functional setting condition, the RS485 interface will always send instructions, and you cannot read the weight register. ◎Cable Diagram RS485-2 - 424 -
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : No Encryption : Standard V4.4 (128-bit) User Access : Print, Extract Author : system Category : Comments : Company : 微软中国 Create Date : 2017:07:27 13:52:08+08:00 KSO Product Build Ver : 2052-9.1.0.4867 Manager : Modify Date : 2017:07:27 13:58:28+08:00 Subject : XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03 Creator Tool : Acrobat PDFMaker 11 Word 版 Metadata Date : 2017:07:27 13:58:28+08:00 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 11.0 (Windows) Keywords : Format : application/pdf Creator : system Title : MT5000/4000系列与控制器连接说明 Description : Document ID : uuid:430a856b-98ea-4399-8e34-50eb722ee861 Instance ID : uuid:3910170a-d474-4884-b051-37613534dd6b Page Layout : OneColumn Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 427EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools